4. Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ (bhikkhunīvibhaṅgo)4. 巴吉帝亚篇(比库尼分别)
4. Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ (bhikkhunīvibhaṅgo)4. 巴吉帝亚篇(比库尼分别)
1. Lasuṇavaggo
1. 蒜品
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ1. 第一学处
Ime kho panāyyāyo chasaṭṭhisatā pācittiyā · 诸具寿,此一百六十六巴吉帝亚
Dhammā uddesaṃ āgacchanti. · 法来诵说
§793
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena upāsakena bhikkhunisaṅgho lasuṇena pavārito hoti – ‘‘yāsaṃ ayyānaṃ lasuṇena attho, ahaṃ lasuṇenā’’ti. Khettapālo ca āṇatto hoti – ‘‘sace bhikkhuniyo āgacchanti, ekamekāya bhikkhuniyā dvetayo bhaṇḍike dehī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ ussavo hoti. Yathābhataṃ lasuṇaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Bhikkhuniyo taṃ upāsakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘lasuṇena, āvuso, attho’’ti. ‘‘Natthāyye. Yathābhataṃ lasuṇaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ. Khettaṃ gacchathā’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī khettaṃ gantvā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpesi. Khettapālo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tassa khettapālassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpetīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,某位近事男以蒜供养比库尼僧团——「诸位圣尼若需要蒜,我供养蒜」。田园守护者被吩咐——「若比库尼们来,给每位比库尼两三束」。其时,沙瓦提城有节庆。所带来的蒜用尽了。比库尼们前往那位近事男处,如此说——「贤友,需要蒜」。「圣尼们,没有了。所带来的蒜已用尽。请到田园去」。图拉难陀比库尼前往田园,不知适量,令人拿取很多蒜。田园守护者不满、呵责、非难——「比库尼们怎么不知适量,令人拿取很多蒜呢」!比库尼们听到那位田园守护者不满、呵责、非难。那些少欲的比库尼们……她们不满、呵责、非难——「圣尼图拉难陀怎么不知适量,令人拿取很多蒜呢」……「比库们,图拉难陀比库尼不知适量,令人拿取很多蒜,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊」。佛世尊呵责……「比库们,图拉难陀比库尼怎么不知适量,令人拿取很多蒜呢!比库们,这不能使未信者生信……」作如法语后,告诉比库们——
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa pajāpati ahosi. Tisso ca dhītaro – nandā, nandavatī, sundarīnandā. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo kālaṅkatvā aññataraṃ haṃsayoniṃ upapajji. Tassa sabbasovaṇṇamayā pattā ahesuṃ. So tāsaṃ ekekaṃ pattaṃ deti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī ‘‘ayaṃ haṃso amhākaṃ ekekaṃ pattaṃ detī’’ti taṃ haṃsarājaṃ gahetvā nippattaṃ akāsi. Tassa puna jāyamānā pattā setā sampajjiṃsu. Tadāpi, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī atilobhena suvaṇṇā parihīnā. Idāni lasuṇā parihāyissatī’’ti.
「比库们,过去世,图拉难陀比库尼是某位婆罗门的妻子。有三个女儿——难陀、难陀瓦提、孙达哩难陀。比库们,那位婆罗门死后,投生于某个天鹅族。他有全金制的翅膀。他给她们每人一片翅膀。比库们,图拉难陀比库尼想『这只天鹅给我们每人一片翅膀』,捉住那只天鹅王,使其无翅。他再生的翅膀变成白色。比库们,那时,图拉难陀比库尼因过度贪婪而失去金子。现在将失去蒜」。
‘‘Yaṃ laddhaṃ tena tuṭṭhabbaṃ, atilobho hi pāpako;
「应满足于所得,过度贪婪确实是恶;
Haṃsarājaṃ gahetvāna, suvaṇṇā parihāyathā’’ti.
捉住天鹅王后,你们失去了金子」。
Atha kho bhagavā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
于是世尊以种种方式呵责图拉难陀比库尼难养……「比库们,比库尼们应如此诵此学处——
§794
nti.
nti.
§795
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「那位」,任何……「比库尼」,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma māgadhakaṃ vuccati.
「名」,称为马嘎达语。
‘‘Khādissāmīti paṭiggaṇhā’’ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.
「『我将食用』而接受」,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。
§796
Lasuṇe lasuṇasaññā khādati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Lasuṇe vematikā khādati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Lasuṇe alasuṇasaññā khādati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
于蒜有蒜想而食用,犯巴吉帝亚。于蒜有疑而食用,犯巴吉帝亚。于蒜有非蒜想而食用,犯巴吉帝亚。
Alasuṇe lasuṇasaññā khādati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Alasuṇe vematikā khādati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Alasuṇe alasuṇasaññā khādati, anāpatti.
于非蒜有蒜想而食用,犯恶作。于非蒜有疑而食用,犯恶作。于非蒜有非蒜想而食用,不犯。
§797
Anāpatti palaṇḍuke, bhañjanake, harītake, cāpalasuṇe, sūpasampāke, maṃsasampāke, telasampāke, sāḷave, uttaribhaṅge, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:葱、姜、诃梨勒、杂蒜、汤中煮、肉中煮、油中煮、药丸、作为药物、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第一学处结束
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ2. 第二学处
§798
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpetvā aciravatiyā nadiyā vesiyāhi saddhiṃ naggā ekatitthe nahāyanti. Vesiyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpessanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tāsaṃ vesiyānaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,六群比库尼令人剃除隐处毛后,在阿基拉瓦底河与妓女们裸体在同一渡口沐浴。妓女们非难、呵责、诽谤:「比库尼们怎可令人剃除隐处毛,如同在家女人享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听闻那些妓女们非难、呵责、诽谤。那些少欲比库尼……非难、呵责、诽谤:「六群比库尼怎可令人剃除隐处毛!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼令人剃除隐处毛,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎可令人剃除隐处毛!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§799
nti.
nti.
§800
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」者:……此中,此义所指的是比库尼。
nāma ubho upakacchakā, muttakaraṇaṃ.
「隐处」者名为:两腋下、生殖器官。
ti ekampi lomaṃ saṃharāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bahukepi lome saṃharāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「剃除」者:令人剃除一根毛,犯巴吉帝亚。令人剃除多根毛,犯巴吉帝亚。
§801
Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
因病缘、发狂者、最初犯戒者,无罪。
Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第二学处结束
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ3. 第三学处
§802
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhuniyo anabhiratiyā pīḷitā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā talaghātakaṃ karonti. Bhikkhuniyo tena saddena upadhāvitvā tā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tumhe, ayye, purisena saddhiṃ sampadussathā’’ti? ‘‘Na mayaṃ, ayye, purisena saddhiṃ sampadussāmā’’ti. Bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo talaghātakaṃ karissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo talaghātakaṃ karontīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo talaghātakaṃ karissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,有两位比库尼被不乐所逼恼,进入内室后互相拍打。诸比库尼听到那声音后赶来,对那些比库尼如此说——「诸尊,为何你们与男子一起行淫?」「诸尊,我们并非与男子一起行淫。」她们将此事告知诸比库尼。那些少欲的比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播——「为何比库尼们互相拍打?」……「诸比库,比库尼们互相拍打,是真实的吗?」「世尊,是真实的。」世尊佛陀呵责……「诸比库,为何比库尼们互相拍打!诸比库,这不能令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§803
nti.
nti.
§804
nāma samphassaṃ sādiyantī antamaso uppalapattenapi muttakaraṇe pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
名为接受触者,乃至以莲花瓣击打排尿处,犯巴吉帝亚。
§805
Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
因病缘、发狂者、最初犯戒者,无罪。
Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第三学处结束
4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第四学处
§806
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā purāṇarājorodhā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā hoti. Aññatarā bhikkhunī anabhiratiyā pīḷitā yena sā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā kho, ayye, tumhe cirāciraṃ gacchati. Kathaṃ tumhe dhārethā’’ti? ‘‘Jatumaṭṭhakena, ayye’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ etaṃ, ayye, jatumaṭṭhaka’’nti? Atha kho sā bhikkhunī tassā bhikkhuniyā jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ācikkhi. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ādiyitvā dhovituṃ vissaritvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍesi. Bhikkhuniyo makkhikāhi samparikiṇṇaṃ passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kassidaṃ kamma’’nti? Sā evamāha – ‘‘mayhidaṃ kamma’’nti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ādiyissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ādiyatīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ādiyissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,有一位从古代王宫女眷出家为比库尼者。有一位比库尼被不乐所逼恼,前往那位比库尼处;前往后,对那位比库尼如此说——「尊者,国王不久前才去过你那里。你如何忍受?」「尊者,用蜡制品。」「尊者,这蜡制品是什么?」于是那位比库尼向那位比库尼展示蜡制品。于是那位比库尼取了蜡制品后,忘记清洗而丢弃在一旁。诸比库尼看见被苍蝇围绕后如此说——「这是谁的东西?」她如此说——「这是我的东西。」那些少欲的比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播——「为何比库尼取用蜡制品?」……「诸比库,比库尼取用蜡制品,是真实的吗?」「世尊,是真实的。」世尊佛陀呵责……「诸比库,为何比库尼取用蜡制品!诸比库,这不能令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§807
nti.
nti.
§808
nāma jatumayaṃ kaṭṭhamayaṃ piṭṭhamayaṃ mattikāmayaṃ.
名为蜡制的、木制的、面粉制的、泥制的。
ti samphassaṃ sādiyantī antamaso uppalapattampi muttakaraṇaṃ paveseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
接受触者,乃至将莲花瓣插入排尿处,犯巴吉帝亚。
§809
Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
因病缘、发狂者、最初犯戒者,无罪。
Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第四学处结束
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第五学处
§810
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā adhovāte aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘duggandho, bhagavā, mātugāmo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā – ‘‘ādiyantu kho bhikkhuniyo udakasuddhika’’nti, mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ udakasuddhika’’nti. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī – ‘‘bhagavatā udakasuddhikā anuññātā’’ti atigambhīraṃ udakasuddhikaṃ ādiyantī muttakaraṇe vaṇaṃ akāsi. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ āroceti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī atigambhīraṃ udakasuddhikaṃ ādiyissatīti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī atigambhīraṃ udakasuddhikaṃ ādiyatī’’ti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī atigambhīraṃ udakasuddhikaṃ ādiyissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在释迦国咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。那时,摩诃巴阇波提·果德弥来到世尊处;来到后,礼敬世尊,站在下风处——「世尊,女人身体有臭气。」那时,世尊——「诸比库尼应取用水净器」,以如法之语教示、劝导、鼓励、使摩诃巴阇波提·果德弥欢喜。那时,摩诃巴阇波提·果德弥被世尊以如法之语教示、劝导、鼓励、使欢喜后,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作如法之语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许诸比库尼水净器。」尔时,某位比库尼——「世尊已允许水净器」,取用过深的水净器,在小便处造成伤口。那时,那位比库尼将此事告诉诸比库尼。那些少欲的比库尼……非难、呵责、传播:「怎么比库尼会取用过深的水净器呢?」……「诸比库,比库尼取用过深的水净器,是真的吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,怎么比库尼会取用过深的水净器呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§811
nti.
nti.
§812
nāma muttakaraṇassa dhovanā vuccati.
小便处的洗涤被称为。
ti dhovantiyā.
洗涤时。
nti dvīsu aṅgulesu dve pabbaparamā ādātabbā.
在两指节,应取用最多两节。
ti samphassaṃ sādiyantī antamaso kesaggamattampi atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
接触而取用,即使超过毛发尖端那么多,犯巴吉帝亚。
§813
Atirekadvaṅgulapabbe atirekasaññā ādiyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvaṅgulapabbe vematikā ādiyati, āpatti pācittiyassa . Atirekadvaṅgulapabbe ūnakasaññā ādiyati, āpatti pācittiyassa .
超过两指节,有超过之想而取用,犯巴吉帝亚。超过两指节,有疑而取用,犯巴吉帝亚。超过两指节,有不足之想而取用,犯巴吉帝亚。
Ūnakadvaṅgulapabbe atirekasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvaṅgulapabbe vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvaṅgulapabbe ūnakasaññā, anāpatti.
不足两指节,有超过之想,犯恶作。不足两指节,有疑,犯恶作。不足两指节,有不足之想,无犯。
§814
Anāpatti dvaṅgulapabbaparamaṃ ādiyati, ūnakadvaṅgulapabbaparamaṃ ādiyati, ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:取用最多两指节,取用不足两指节,因病缘,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。
Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第五学处结束
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第六学处
§815
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena ārohanto nāma mahāmatto bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Tassa purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā hoti. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu tassā bhikkhuniyā santike bhattavissaggaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī tassa bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa pānīyena ca vidhūpanena ca upatiṭṭhitvā accāvadati. Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuniṃ apasādeti – ‘‘mā, bhagini, evarūpaṃ akāsi. Netaṃ kappatī’’ti. ‘‘Pubbe maṃ tvaṃ evañca evañca karosi, idāni ettakaṃ na sahasī’’ti – pānīyathālakaṃ matthake āsumbhitvā vidhūpanena pahāraṃ adāsi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī bhikkhussa pahāraṃ dassatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī bhikkhussa pahāraṃ adāsīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī bhikkhussa pahāraṃ dassati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,名叫阿拉汉多的大臣在比库中出家。他以前的妻子在比库尼中出家。其时,那位比库在那位比库尼处作食物的施舍。那时,那位比库尼以饮水和扇子须跋那位正在进食的比库,并且过分亲近。那时,那位比库呵斥那位比库尼——「姊妹,不要作这样的事。这是不适当的。」「以前你对我这样那样地做,现在连这么一点都不能忍受」——她把饮水钵扔在头上,用扇子打了一击。那些少欲的比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播——「比库尼怎么能打比库呢?」……「诸比库,确实,比库尼打了比库吗?」「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,比库尼怎么能打比库呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§816
nti.
nti.
§817
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡是……」……「比库尼」者:在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti upasampannassa.
「比库」者:已受达上者。
ti pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjantassa.
「正在进食」者:正在进食五种食物中的任何一种食物。
nāma yaṃ kiñci pānīyaṃ.
「饮水」者:任何饮料。
nāma yā kāci bījanī.
「扇子」者:任何扇子。
ti hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「须跋」者:站在手臂所及之处,犯巴吉帝亚。
§818
Upasampanne upasampannasaññā pānīyena vā vidhūpanena vā upatiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematikā pānīyena vā vidhūpanena vā upatiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññā pānīyena vā vidhūpanena vā upatiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
于已受达上者作已受达上想,以饮水或扇子须跋,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受达上者有疑,以饮水或扇子须跋,犯巴吉帝亚。于已受达上者作未受达上想,以饮水或扇子须跋,犯巴吉帝亚。
Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā upatiṭṭhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Khādanīyaṃ khādantassa upatiṭṭhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa upatiṭṭhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
舍弃手中之物后侍立,犯恶作。侍立于正在吃副食者,犯恶作。侍立于未受具足者,犯恶作。于未受具足者有受具足想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。
§819
Anāpatti deti, dāpeti, anupasampannaṃ āṇāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:给与,使给与,命令未受具足者,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第六学处结束
7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ7. 第七学处
§820
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo sassakāle āmakadhaññaṃ viññāpetvā nagaraṃ atiharanti dvāraṭṭhāne – ‘‘dethāyye, bhāga’’nti. Palibundhetvā muñciṃsu. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo upassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo āmakadhaññaṃ viññāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo āmakadhaññaṃ viññāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo āmakadhaññaṃ viññāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,诸比库尼在自己的时候乞求生谷后携带入城,在门处说:「尊姊,请给份额。」她们捆绑后释放。那时,那些比库尼前往住处后向诸比库尼报告此事。那些少欲的比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼怎能乞求生谷呢?」……「诸比库,诸比库尼乞求生谷,是真实的吗?」「世尊,是真实的。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能乞求生谷呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§821
nti.
nti.
§822
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡是任何……乃至……凡……乃至……此中,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma sāli vīhi yavo godhumo kaṅgu varako kudrusako.
生谷,名为:稻、粳、大麦、小麦、粟、稗、杂谷。
ti sayaṃ viññatvā. ti aññaṃ viññāpetvā.
乞求,即自己乞求。使乞求,即使他人乞求。
ti sayaṃ bhajjitvā. ti aññaṃ bhajjāpetvā.
舂,即自己舂。使舂,即使他人舂。
ti sayaṃ koṭṭetvā. ti aññaṃ koṭṭāpetvā.
磨,即自己磨。使磨,即使他人磨。
ti sayaṃ pacitvā. ti aññaṃ pacāpetvā.
或者自己煮。或者令他人煮。
‘‘Bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.
「我将食用」而接受,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。
§823
Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, aparaṇṇaṃ viññāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:因病之缘故,告知未受具足者,对于发狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第七学处结束
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ8. 第八学处
§824
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo nibbiṭṭharājabhaṭo ‘‘taññeva bhaṭapathaṃ yācissāmī’’ti sīsaṃ nahāyitvā bhikkhunupassayaṃ nissāya rājakulaṃ gacchati. Aññatarā bhikkhunī kaṭāhe vaccaṃ katvā tirokuṭṭe chaḍḍentī tassa brāhmaṇassa matthake āsumbhi. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘assamaṇiyo imā muṇḍā bandhakiniyo. Kathañhi nāma gūthakaṭāhaṃ matthake āsumbhissanti! Imāsaṃ upassayaṃ jhāpessāmī’’ti! Ummukaṃ gahetvā upassayaṃ pavisati. Aññataro upāsako upassayā nikkhamanto addasa taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ ummukaṃ gahetvā upassayaṃ pavisantaṃ. Disvāna taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, bho, ummukaṃ gahetvā upassayaṃ pavisasī’’ti? ‘‘Imā maṃ, bho, muṇḍā bandhakiniyo gūthakaṭāhaṃ matthake āsumbhiṃsu. Imāsaṃ upassayaṃ jhāpessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha, bho brāhmaṇa, maṅgalaṃ etaṃ. Sahassaṃ lacchasi tañca bhaṭapatha’’nti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo sīsaṃ nahāyitvā rājakulaṃ gantvā sahassaṃ alattha tañca bhaṭapathaṃ. Atha kho so upāsako upassayaṃ pavisitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocetvā paribhāsi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo uccāraṃ tirokuṭṭe chaḍḍessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uccāraṃ tirokuṭṭe chaḍḍentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uccāraṃ tirokuṭṭe chaḍḍessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,某位婆罗门从王家武士退役,「我将只乞求武士之俸禄」,洗头后依比库尼住所前往王宫。某位比库尼在锅中排便后,在墙外丢弃,倾倒在那位婆罗门的头上。于是那位婆罗门不满、呵责、抱怨:「这些秃头绑匪女不是沙门女!怎么能将粪便锅倾倒在头上!我将烧毁她们的住所!」拿着火把进入住所。某位近事男从住所出来时,看见那位婆罗门拿着火把进入住所。看见后,对那位婆罗门如此说:「尊者,你为何拿着火把进入住所?」「尊者,这些秃头绑匪女将粪便锅倾倒在我头上。我将烧毁她们的住所。」「去吧,婆罗门尊者,这是吉祥。你将得到一千以及那武士之俸禄。」于是那位婆罗门洗头后前往王宫,得到一千以及那武士之俸禄。于是那位近事男进入住所后,将此事告知诸比库尼后呵责。诸少欲比库尼……不满、呵责、抱怨:「诸比库尼怎么能在墙外丢弃大便!」……「诸比库,诸比库尼确实在墙外丢弃大便吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎么能在墙外丢弃大便!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§825
nti.
nti.
§826
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
或者凡是……或者……此是在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma gūtho vuccati. nāma muttaṃ vuccati.
名为粪便。名为尿。
nāma kacavaraṃ vuccati.
名为鼻涕。
nāma calakāni vā aṭṭhikāni vā ucchiṭṭhodakaṃ vā.
名为垃圾或者骨头或者残食水。
nāma tayo kuṭṭā – iṭṭhakākuṭṭo, silākuṭṭo, dārukuṭṭo.
名为三种尖顶屋——砖尖顶屋、石尖顶屋、木尖顶屋。
nāma tayo pākārā – iṭṭhakāpākāro, silāpākāro, dārupākāro.
名为三种围墙——砖围墙、石围墙、木围墙。
ti kuṭṭassa parato. ti pākārassa parato.
在三种尖顶屋之外。在三种围墙之外。
ti sayaṃ chaḍḍeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
在三种,自己抛弃,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sakiṃ āṇattā bahukampi chaḍḍeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
在三种,命令他人,犯恶作。一次命令后多次抛弃,犯巴吉帝亚。
§827
Anāpatti oloketvā chaḍḍeti, avaḷañje chaḍḍeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:观察后抛弃,在垃圾堆抛弃,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第八学处结束
9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ9. 第九学处
§828
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa bhikkhunūpassayaṃ nissāya yavakhettaṃ hoti. Bhikkhuniyo uccārampi passāvampi saṅkārampi vighāsampi khette chaḍḍenti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo amhākaṃ yavakhettaṃ dūsessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo uccārampi passāvampi saṅkārampi vighāsampi harite chaḍḍessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uccārampi passāvampi saṅkārampi vighāsampi harite chaḍḍentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uccārampi passāvampi saṅkārampi vighāsampi harite chaḍḍessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,某婆罗门依靠比库尼住所有大麦田。诸比库尼在田中抛弃大便、小便、垃圾、残食。于是,那位婆罗门不满、呵责、非难——「诸比库尼怎能污染我们的大麦田呢!」诸比库尼听闻那位婆罗门不满、呵责、非难。那些少欲的比库尼……她们不满、呵责、非难——「诸比库尼怎能在青草地抛弃大便、小便、垃圾、残食呢!」……诸比库,诸比库尼确实在青草地抛弃大便、小便、垃圾、残食吗?「是真实的,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎能在青草地抛弃大便、小便、垃圾、残食呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§829
nti.
nti.
§830
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
在三种,凡任何……在三种……此……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma gūtho vuccati. nāma muttaṃ vuccati.
名为粪便。名为尿。
nāma kacavaraṃ vuccati.
名为痰唾。
nāma calakāni vā aṭṭhikāni vā ucchiṭṭhodakaṃ vā.
名为洗涤水或骨头或残余水。
nāma pubbaṇṇaṃ aparaṇṇaṃ yaṃ manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ ropimaṃ .
名为前食后食,凡是人们受用、享用的可食之物。
ti sayaṃ chaḍḍeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
自己抛弃,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sakiṃ āṇattā bahukampi chaḍḍeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
命令他人,犯恶作。一次命令后多次抛弃,犯巴吉帝亚。
§831
Harite haritasaññā chaḍḍeti vā chaḍḍāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Harite vematikā chaḍḍeti vā chaḍḍāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa . Harite aharitasaññā chaḍḍeti vā chaḍḍāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
于有草木有草木想而抛弃或使人抛弃,犯巴吉帝亚。于有草木有疑而抛弃或使人抛弃,犯巴吉帝亚。于有草木无草木想而抛弃或使人抛弃,犯巴吉帝亚。
Aharite haritasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aharite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aharite aharitasaññā, anāpatti.
于无草木有草木想,犯恶作。于无草木有疑,犯恶作。于无草木无草木想,不犯。
§832
Anāpatti oloketvā chaḍḍeti, khettamariyāde chaḍḍeti sāmike āpucchitvā apaloketvā chaḍḍeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:观察后舍弃,在田地界限内舍弃,询问主人后不观察而舍弃,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。
Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第九学处结束
10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ10. 第十学处
§833
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe giraggasamajjo hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo giraggasamajjaṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo naccampi gītampi vāditampi dassanāya gacchissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo naccampi gītampi vāditampi dassanāya gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo naccampi gītampi vāditampi dassanāya gacchantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo naccampi gītampi vāditampi dassanāya gacchissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达咖尼瓦巴。其时,王舍城有山顶集会。六群比库尼前往观看山顶集会。人们非难、呵责、诽谤:「比库尼怎可前往观看舞蹈、歌唱、音乐,如同在家女享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、诽谤。那些少欲比库尼……非难、呵责、诽谤:「六群比库尼怎可前往观看舞蹈、歌唱、音乐!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼前往观看舞蹈、歌唱、音乐,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎可前往观看舞蹈、歌唱、音乐!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§834
nti.
nti.
§835
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡是任何……此……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma yaṃ kiñci naccaṃ. nāma yaṃ kiñci gītaṃ. nāma yaṃ kiñci vāditaṃ.
名为任何舞蹈。名为任何歌唱。名为任何音乐。
§836
Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhitā passati vā suṇāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati vā suṇāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhitā passati vā suṇāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati vā suṇāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
为观看而前往,犯恶作。在所站立处看见或听闻,犯巴吉帝亚。舍弃观看之近行后,再三看见或听闻,犯巴吉帝亚。为观看每一项而前往,犯恶作。在所站立处看见或听闻,犯巴吉帝亚。舍弃观看之近行后,再三看见或听闻,犯巴吉帝亚。
§837
Anāpatti ārāme ṭhitā passati vā suṇāti vā, bhikkhuniyā ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgantvā naccanti vā gāyanti vā vādenti vā, paṭipathaṃ gacchantī passati vā suṇāti vā, sati karaṇīye gantvā passati vā suṇāti vā, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:站立在精舍中看见或听闻,在比库尼站立处、坐处或卧处,有人前来舞蹈、歌唱或演奏,在路上行走时看见或听闻,有事务而前往后看见或听闻,在危难中,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。
Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十学处结束
Lasuṇavaggo paṭhamo. · 蒜品第一
2. Andhakāravaggo
2. 黑暗品
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ1. 第一学处
§838
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddāya kāpilāniyā antevāsiniyā bhikkhuniyā ñātako puriso gāmakā sāvatthiṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī tena purisena saddhiṃ rattandhakāre appadīpe ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave , bhikkhunī rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,跋陀咖毕喇尼比库尼的弟子比库尼之亲戚男子因某事务从村落来到沙瓦提城。时,彼比库尼在夜暗无灯时与彼男子单独站立、交谈。那些少欲比库尼……非难、呵责、诽谤:「比库尼怎可在夜暗无灯时与男子单独站立、交谈!」……「诸比库,比库尼在夜暗无灯时与男子单独站立、交谈,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,比库尼怎可在夜暗无灯时与男子单独站立、交谈!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§839
nti.
nti.
§840
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」:凡是任何…乃至…凡是…乃至…在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti oggate sūriye. Appadīpeti anāloke.
「日落时」:太阳已落下。「无灯」:无光明。
nāma manussapuriso na yakkho na peto na tiracchānagato viññū paṭibalo santiṭṭhituṃ sallapituṃ.
「男子」:是人类男子,不是亚卡、饿鬼、畜生,有智、有能力站立、交谈。
nti ekato. ti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.
「一起」:在一处。「男子与比库尼」:既是男子又是比库尼。
ti purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「在男子的手臂所及之处站立」:站在男子的手臂所及之处,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「站在男子的手臂所及之处交谈」:站在男子的手臂所及之处交谈,犯巴吉帝亚。
Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhena vā petena vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahena vā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
离开手臂所及之处而站立或交谈,犯恶作。与亚卡、饿鬼、般荼咖、具有人形的畜生一起站立或交谈,犯恶作。
§841
Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, arahopekkhā, aññavihitā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:任何有智者作为第二人在场,值得期待的人,为其他事而站立或交谈,疯狂者,最初的犯行者。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第一学处结束
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ2. 第二学处
§842
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddāya kāpilāniyā antevāsiniyā bhikkhuniyā ñātako puriso gāmakā sāvatthiṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhituṃ sallapitu’’nti teneva purisena saddhiṃ paṭicchanne okāse ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,跋陀咖毕喇尼比库尼的女弟子比库尼有一位亲戚男子因某事从村落来到沙瓦提城。那时,那位比库尼(想):「世尊已禁止在黑夜无灯时与男子单独站立、交谈」,却与那位男子在隐蔽处(相会)。(人们)非难、批评、传播:「比库尼怎能在隐蔽处与男子单独站立、交谈呢!」……诸比库,比库尼确实在隐蔽处与男子单独站立、交谈吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,比库尼怎能在隐蔽处与男子单独站立、交谈呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§843
nti.
nti.
§844
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「任何」,凡是……「比库尼」,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma okāso kuṭṭena vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā vā yena kenaci paṭicchanno hoti.
「隐蔽处」名为被小屋、门、帘幕、布围墙、树或任何东西所遮蔽之处。
nāma manussapuriso na yakkho na peto na tiracchānagato viññū paṭibalo santiṭṭhituṃ sallapituṃ.
「男子」名为人男子,非亚卡、非饿鬼、非畜生,有识、能够站立、交谈。
nti ekato. ti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.
「单独」,即单独。「一对」,即男子与比库尼。
ti purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「站立」,站在男子的手臂所及之处,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「交谈」,站在男子的手臂所及之处交谈,犯巴吉帝亚。
Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhena vā petena vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahena vā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
离开手臂所及之处而站立或交谈,犯恶作。与亚卡、饿鬼、般荼咖或畜生人形者站立或交谈,犯恶作。
§845
Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, arahopekkhā, aññavihitā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:任何有智者作为第二人,值得期待,另有安排,或站立或交谈,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第二学处结束
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ3. 第三学处
§846
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddāya kāpilāniyā antevāsiniyā bhikkhuniyā ñātako puriso gāmakā sāvatthiṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhituṃ sallapitu’’nti teneva purisena saddhiṃ ajjhokāse ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī ajjhokāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī ajjhokāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī ajjhokāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛陀世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。那时,跋陀咖毕喇尼比库尼的弟子比库尼的亲戚男子从村落来到沙瓦提城,为了某些事务。那时,那位比库尼(想):「世尊已禁止在隐蔽处与男子单独站立、交谈」,于是与那位男子在露天处单独站立、交谈。那些少欲的比库尼们……她们非难、呵责、传播:「比库尼怎能在露天处与男子单独站立、交谈呢?」……诸比库,比库尼在露天处与男子单独站立、交谈,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛陀世尊呵责……诸比库,比库尼怎能在露天处与男子单独站立、交谈呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§847
nti.
nti.
§848
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「那」,任何……「比库尼」,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma appaṭicchanno hoti kuṭṭena vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā kotthaḷiyā vā, yena kenaci appaṭicchanno hoti.
「露天处」,名为未被遮蔽,未被小屋、门、帘幕、麻布墙、树、柱、墙壁所遮蔽,未被任何东西所遮蔽。
nāma manussapuriso, na yakkho na peto na tiracchānagato, viññū paṭibalo santiṭṭhituṃ sallapituṃ.
「男子」,名为人类男子,非亚卡、非饿鬼、非畜生,有智者,能够站立、交谈。
nti ekato. ti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.
「单独」,即一起。「单独」,即男子与比库尼。
ti purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「站立」,即在男子的手臂范围内站立,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「交谈」,即站在男子的手臂范围内交谈,犯巴吉帝亚。
Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhena vā petena vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchāgatamanussaviggahena vā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
舍弃手臂所及之处而站立或交谈,犯恶作。与亚卡、饿鬼、般荼咖、畜生人形者站立或交谈,犯恶作。
§849
Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, arahopekkhā, aññavihitā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:任何有智者作为第二人,值得观察,另有安排而站立或交谈,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第三学处结束
4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第四学处
§850
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī rathikāyapi byūhepi siṅghāṭakepi purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipi nikaṇṇikampi jappeti dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojeti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā rathikāyapi byūhepi siṅghāṭakepi purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi nikaṇṇikampi jappissati dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī rathikāyapi byūhepi siṅghāṭakepi purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipi nikaṇṇikampi jappeti dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojetīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī rathikāyapi byūhepi siṅghāṭakepi purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi nikaṇṇikampi jappissati dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,图拉难陀比库尼在街道上、在市集、在十字路口与男子单独站立、交谈、耳语、打发第二位比库尼离开。诸少欲比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、呵责——「尊者图拉难陀怎能在街道上、在市集、在十字路口与男子单独站立、交谈、耳语、打发第二位比库尼离开呢?」……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼确实在街道上、在市集、在十字路口与男子单独站立、交谈、耳语、打发第二位比库尼离开,是真实吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼怎能在街道上、在市集、在十字路口与男子单独站立、交谈、耳语、打发第二位比库尼离开呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§851
nti.
nti.
§852
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
任何……此……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma racchā vuccati. nāma yeneva pavisanti teneva nikkhamanti. nāma caccaraṃ vuccati.
「街道」者,称为道路。「市集」者,从那里进入也从那里出去。「十字路口」者,称为四衢道。
nāma manussapuriso na yakkho na peto na tiracchānagato viññū paṭibalo santiṭṭhituṃ sallapituṃ.
「男子」者,是人男子,非亚卡、非饿鬼、非畜生,有智,能够站立、交谈。
nti ekato. ti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.
「单独」者,一起。「二人」者,既是男子也是比库尼。
ti purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「站立」者,站在男子手臂所及之处,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
与站在男子手臂所及范围内的人交谈,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti purisassa upakaṇṇake āroceti , āpatti pācittiyassa.
在男子耳边告知,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti anācāraṃ ācaritukāmā dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vā savanūpacāraṃ vā vijahantiyā āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vijahite āpatti pācittiyassa.
想要行非行而第二次遣走比库尼,犯恶作。当她离开见的范围或闻的范围时,犯恶作。已离开时,犯巴吉帝亚。
Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhena vā petena vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahena vā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
离开手臂所及范围后站立或交谈,犯恶作。与亚卡、饿鬼、般荼咖、具有人形的畜生一起站立或交谈,犯恶作。
§853
Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, arahopekkhā, aññavihitā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, na anācāraṃ ācaritukāmā, sati karaṇīye dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uyyojeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:任何有智者作为第二人,值得期待,为其他事而站立或交谈,不想行非行,有事务时遣走第二位比库尼,对于疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第四学处结束
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第五学处
§854
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī aññatarassa kulassa kulūpikā hoti niccabhattikā. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena taṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkāmi. Tassa kulassa dāsī gharaṃ sammajjantī taṃ āsanaṃ bhājanantarikāya pakkhipi. Manussā taṃ āsanaṃ apassantā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kahaṃ taṃ, ayye, āsana’’nti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ taṃ, āvuso, āsanaṃ passāmī’’ti. ‘‘Dethāyye, taṃ āsana’’nti paribhāsitvā niccabhattaṃ pacchindiṃsu. Atha kho te manussā gharaṃ sodhentā taṃ āsanaṃ bhājanantarikāya passitvā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ khamāpetvā niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesuṃ. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī purebhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkamissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī purebhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkamatīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave bhikkhunī purebhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkamissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,某位比库尼是某家族的常客,是常供食者。时,彼比库尼于上午时分着下衣,取钵与衣,前往彼家族;抵达后,坐于座位上,未告知主人即离去。彼家族的婢女打扫房屋时,将彼座位放入器物之间。人们未见彼座位,对彼比库尼说:「尊者,座位在哪里?」「诸友,我未见彼座位。」「尊者,给出彼座位!」呵责后,断绝了常供食。时,彼等人打扫房屋时,在器物之间见到彼座位,向彼比库尼道歉后,恢复了常供食。时,彼比库尼将此事告知诸比库尼。诸少欲比库尼……她们抱怨、呵责、责备:「比库尼怎能在食前前往诸家族,坐于座位上,未告知主人即离去?」……「诸比库,比库尼在食前前往诸家族,坐于座位上,未告知主人即离去,是真实的吗?」「真实的,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……「诸比库,比库尼怎能在食前前往诸家族,坐于座位上,未告知主人即离去!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§855
nti.
nti.
§856
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡任何……即……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma aruṇuggamanaṃ upādāya yāva majjhanhikā.
名为从日出前直到正午。
nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ. ti tattha gantvā.
即四种家族——刹帝利家族、婆罗门家族、吠舍家族、首陀罗家族。于彼处前往。
nāma pallaṅkassa okāso vuccati. ti tasmiṃ nisīditvā.
即称为床座之处所。于彼处坐下。
ti yo tasmiṃ kule manusso viññū taṃ anāpucchā anovassakaṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa. Ajjhokāse upacāraṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa.
即在该家族中有智慧的人,未询问而越过门槛者,犯巴吉帝亚。在露地越过庭院者,犯巴吉帝亚。
§857
Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
未询问而有未询问想而离去者,犯巴吉帝亚。未询问而有疑而离去者,犯巴吉帝亚。未询问而有已询问想而离去者,犯巴吉帝亚。
Pallaṅkassa anokāse āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.
在非床座之处所,犯恶作。已询问而有未询问想,犯恶作。已询问而有疑,犯恶作。已询问而有已询问想,无犯。
§858
Anāpatti āpucchā gacchati, asaṃhārime, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:询问而前往、不可携带者、病者、危难时、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第五学处结束
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第六学处
§859
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdatipi abhinipajjatipi. Manussā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ hirīyamānā āsane neva abhinisīdanti na abhinipajjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdissatipi abhinipajjissatipī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdissatipi abhinipajjissatipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdatipi abhinipajjatipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave , thullanandā bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdissatipi abhinipajjissatipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,图拉难陀比库尼午后前往诸家族,未询问主人而坐于座位或卧于座位。诸人对图拉难陀比库尼感到羞耻,既不坐于座位也不卧于座位。诸人非难、呵责、传播:「尊者图拉难陀怎能午后前往诸家族,未询问主人而坐于座位或卧于座位呢!」诸比库尼听闻彼等诸人非难、呵责、传播。彼等少欲比库尼……非难、呵责、传播:「尊者图拉难陀怎能午后前往诸家族,未询问主人而坐于座位或卧于座位呢!」……「诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼午后前往诸家族,未询问主人而坐于座位或卧于座位,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼怎能午后前往诸家族,未询问主人而坐于座位或卧于座位呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§860
nti.
nti.
§861
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
即任何……即……此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva atthaṅgate sūriye.
即从正午过后直到太阳落下。
nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ. ti tattha gantvā.
即四种家族——刹帝利家族、婆罗门家族、吠舍家族、首陀罗家族。于彼处前往。
ti yo tasmiṃ kule manusso sāmiko dātuṃ, taṃ anāpucchā.
即在那家族中有权给予的人主,未询问他。
nāma pallaṅkassa okāso vuccati.
即床座的位置被称为。
ti tasmiṃ abhinisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
即在那里坐下,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti tasmiṃ abhinipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
即在那里躺卧,犯巴吉帝亚。
§862
Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā āsane abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā āsane abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā āsane abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
未询问而有未询问想,在座位上坐下或躺卧,犯巴吉帝亚。未询问而有疑,在座位上坐下或躺卧,犯巴吉帝亚。未询问而有已询问想,在座位上坐下或躺卧,犯巴吉帝亚。
Pallaṅkassa anokāse āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.
在非床座位置,犯恶作。已询问而有未询问想,犯恶作。已询问而有疑,犯恶作。已询问而有已询问想,无犯。
§863
Anāpatti āpucchā āsane abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, dhuvapaññatte, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:询问后,坐于座位或卧于座位;在固定指定处;对病者;在危难时;对疯狂者;对最初行者。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第六学处结束
7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ7. 第七学处
§864
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchantiyo sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagantvā aññataraṃ brāhmaṇakulaṃ upasaṅkamitvā okāsaṃ yāciṃsu. Atha kho sā brāhmaṇī tā bhikkhuniyo etadavoca – ‘‘āgametha, ayye, yāva brāhmaṇo āgacchatī’’ti. Bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘yāva brāhmaṇo āgacchatī’’ti seyyaṃ santharitvā ekaccā nisīdiṃsu ekaccā nipajjiṃsu. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo rattiṃ āgantvā taṃ brāhmaṇiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kā imā’’ti? ‘‘Bhikkhuniyo, ayyā’’ti. ‘‘Nikkaḍḍhatha imā muṇḍā bandhakiniyo’’ti, gharato nikkaḍḍhāpesi. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo vikāle kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā seyyaṃ santharitvā abhinisīdissantipi abhinipajjissantipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vikāle kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā seyyaṃ santharitvā abhinisīdantipi abhinipajjantipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vikāle kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā seyyaṃ santharitvā abhinisīdissantipi abhinipajjissantipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,众多比库尼在国萨拉国地方前往沙瓦提城,傍晚时到达某村,前往某婆罗门家,请求住处。时,彼婆罗门妇对诸比库尼如是说——「请来,尊者们,等婆罗门来」。诸比库尼「等婆罗门来」,铺设卧具后,一些坐下,一些躺卧。时,彼婆罗门夜晚来到,对彼婆罗门妇如是说——「这些是谁?」「是比库尼,尊者」。「把这些秃头女囚拖出去」,令从家中拖出。时,诸比库尼前往沙瓦提城,向诸比库尼报告此事。诸少欲比库尼……非难、呵责、传播——「诸比库尼怎能在非时前往诸家,未询问主人,铺设卧具后坐下或躺卧呢?」……「诸比库,诸比库尼在非时前往诸家,未询问主人,铺设卧具后坐下或躺卧,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊」。佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能在非时前往诸家,未询问主人,铺设卧具后坐下或躺卧呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如是诵此学处——」
§865
nti.
nti.
§866
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「若」,凡是……「比库尼」,于此义中所指者是比库尼。
nāma atthaṅgate sūriye yāva aruṇuggamanā.
「非时」,名为日没后直到黎明升起。
nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ suddakulaṃ. ti tattha gantvā.
「诸家」,名为四种家——刹帝利家、婆罗门家、吠舍家、首陀罗家。「前往」,前往彼处。
ti yo tasmiṃ kule manusso sāmiko dātuṃ, taṃ anāpucchā.
「未询问主人」,未询问彼家中有权给予的主人。
nāma antamaso paṇṇasanthāropi. ti sayaṃ santharitvā. ti aññaṃ santharāpetvā. ti tasmiṃ abhinisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa. ti tasmiṃ abhinipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「卧具」,名为乃至树叶铺设物。「铺设」,自己铺设。「或令铺设」,令他人铺设。「坐于其上」,坐于其上,犯巴吉帝亚。「躺卧于其上」,躺卧于其上,犯巴吉帝亚。
§867
Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
未询问而有未询问想,铺设卧具或令铺设后坐下或躺卧,犯巴吉帝亚。未询问而有疑,铺设卧具或令铺设后坐下或躺卧,犯巴吉帝亚。未询问而有已询问想,铺设卧具或令铺设后坐下或躺卧,犯巴吉帝亚。
Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.
对已询问者有未询问想,犯恶作。对已询问者有疑,犯恶作。对已询问者有已询问想,不犯。
§868
Anāpatti āpucchā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:已询问后铺设卧具或令铺设后坐下或卧下;对病者;在危难时;对疯狂者;对最初犯戒者。
Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第七学处结束
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ8. 第八学处
§869
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddāya kāpilāniyā antevāsinī bhikkhunī bhaddaṃ kāpilāniṃ sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭheti. Bhaddā kāpilānī bhikkhuniyo etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ maṃ, ayye, bhikkhunī sakkacaṃ upaṭṭheti, imissāhaṃ cīvaraṃ dassāmī’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṃ ujjhāpesi – ‘‘ahaṃ kirāyye, ayyaṃ na sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhemi, na kira me ayyā cīvaraṃ dassatī’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṃ ujjhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṃ ujjhāpetīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṃ ujjhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,跋陀咖毕喇尼的学生比库尼恭敬地须跋跋陀咖毕喇尼。跋陀咖毕喇尼对诸比库尼说:「诸尊姊,这位比库尼恭敬地须跋我,我将给她衣。」其时,那位比库尼以错误理解、错误执持而使他人不满:「诸尊姊,我听说我不恭敬地须跋尊姊,听说尊姊不会给我衣。」那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、呵责、非难:「为何比库尼以错误理解、错误执持而使他人不满呢?」……「诸比库,比库尼确实以错误理解、错误执持而使他人不满吗?」「确实,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责……「诸比库,为何比库尼以错误理解、错误执持而使他人不满呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§870
nti.
nti.
§871
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「……」:凡是……「……」:……这是指在此义中所指的比库尼。
ti aññathā gahitena .
「错误理解」:以不同方式理解。
ti aññathā upadhāritena.
「错误执持」:以不同方式执持。
nti upasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「使不满」:使已受具足者不满,犯巴吉帝亚。
§872
Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā ujjhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā ujjhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā ujjhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
对已受具足者有已受具足想而使不满,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有疑而使不满,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有未受具足想而使不满,犯巴吉帝亚。
Anupasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
对未受具足者诽谤,犯恶作。对未受具足者有受具足想,犯恶作。对未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。
§873
Anāpatti ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第八学处结束
9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ9. 第九学处
§874
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo attano bhaṇḍakaṃ apassantiyo caṇḍakāḷiṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘apāyye, amhākaṃ, bhaṇḍakaṃ passeyyāsī’’ti? Caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘ahameva nūna corī, ahameva nūna alajjinī, yā ayyāyo attano bhaṇḍakaṃ apassantiyo tā maṃ evamāhaṃsu – ‘apāyye, amhākaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ passeyyāsī’ti? Sacāhaṃ, ayye, tumhākaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ gaṇhāmi, assamaṇī homi, brahmacariyā cavāmi, nirayaṃ upapajjāmi; yā pana maṃ abhūtena evamāha sāpi assamaṇī hotu, brahmacariyā cavatu, nirayaṃ upapajjatū’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā caṇḍakāḷī attānampi parampi nirayenapi brahmacariyenapi abhisapissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī attānampi parampi nirayenapi brahmacariyenapi abhisapatīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī attānampi parampi nirayenapi brahmacariyenapi abhisapissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼看不见自己的物品,对禅达咖离比库尼如此说:「尊者,你有看见我们的物品吗?」禅达咖离比库尼不满、呵责、抱怨:「我确实是盗贼,我确实是无惭者,诸尊者看不见自己的物品,她们对我如此说:『尊者,你有看见我们的物品吗?』诸尊者,如果我拿你们的物品,我就不是沙门,从梵行退堕,堕入地狱;而对我说此非实语者,她也不是沙门,从梵行退堕,堕入地狱。」诸少欲比库尼……不满、呵责、抱怨:「尊者禅达咖离怎能以地狱、以梵行诅咒自己和他人呢?」……「诸比库,禅达咖离比库尼确实以地狱、以梵行诅咒自己和他人吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,禅达咖离比库尼怎能以地狱、以梵行诅咒自己和他人呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——」
§875
nti.
nti.
§876
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「……」:凡是……「……」:……「比库尼」:在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nti paccattaṃ. nti upasampannaṃ. Nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「自己」:指自身。「他人」:指受具足者。以地狱或以梵行诅咒,犯巴吉帝亚。
§877
Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
对受具足者有受具足想,以地狱或以梵行诅咒,犯巴吉帝亚。对受具足者有疑,以地狱或以梵行诅咒,犯巴吉帝亚。对受具足者有未受具足想,以地狱或以梵行诅咒,犯巴吉帝亚。
Tiracchānayoniyā vā pettivisayena vā manussadobhaggena vā abhisapati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ abhisapati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
以畜生趣或以饿鬼界或以人间恶趣诅咒,犯恶作。诅咒未受具足者,犯恶作。对未受具足者有受具足想,犯恶作。对未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。
§878
Anāpatti atthapurekkhārāya, dhammapurekkhārāya, anusāsanipurekkhārāya, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:为了义故,为了法故,为了教诫故,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第九学处结束
10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ10. 第十学处
§879
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodati. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā caṇḍakāḷī attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodatīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,禅达咖离比库尼与诸比库尼争吵后,击打自己、击打自己而哭泣。诸少欲比库尼……她们非难、呵责、责备:「具寿禅达咖离怎能击打自己、击打自己而哭泣呢?」……诸比库,禅达咖离比库尼击打自己、击打自己而哭泣,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,禅达咖离比库尼怎能击打自己、击打自己而哭泣呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§880
nti.
nti.
§881
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「那」,即如是……「比库尼」,即在此义中所指的比库尼。
nti paccattaṃ. Vadhitvā vadhitvā rodati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vadhati na rodati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Rodati na vadhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「击打自己、击打自己而哭泣」,击打自己、击打自己而哭泣者,犯巴吉帝亚。击打而不哭泣者,犯恶作。哭泣而不击打者,犯恶作。
§882
Anāpatti ñātibyasanena vā bhogabyasanena vā rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhā rodati na vadhati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:因亲属之难或财产之难或疾病之难所触而哭泣不击打者,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。
Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十学处结束
Andhakāravaggo dutiyo. · 黑暗品第二
3. Naggavaggo
3. 裸体品
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ1. 第一学处
§883
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo aciravatiyā nadiyā vesiyāhi saddhiṃ naggā ekatitthe nahāyanti. Vesiyā tā bhikkhuniyo uppaṇḍesuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho nāma tumhākaṃ, ayye, daharānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciṇṇena, nanu nāma kāmā paribhuñjitabbā ! Yadā jiṇṇā bhavissatha tadā brahmacariyaṃ carissatha. Evaṃ tumhākaṃ ubho atthā pariggahitā bhavissantī’’ti. Bhikkhuniyo vesiyāhi uppaṇḍiyamānā maṅkū ahesuṃ. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo upassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya…pe… vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,众多比库尼在阿基拉瓦底河与妓女们裸体在同一岸边沐浴。妓女们嘲弄那些比库尼:「具寿们,你们年轻时修梵行有何用呢?难道不应享受诸欲吗!当你们年老时再修梵行吧。如此你们两种利益都能获得。」诸比库尼被妓女们嘲弄而羞愧。于是那些比库尼前往住处,将此事告诉诸比库尼。诸比库尼将此事告诉诸比库。诸比库将此事告诉世尊。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,对诸比库说:「诸比库,那么,我将为诸比库尼制定学处,基于十种利益——为僧团的安稳……为随顺律。诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§884
nti.
nti.
§885
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「那」,即如是……「比库尼」,即在此义中所指的比库尼。
ti anivatthā vā apārutā vā nahāyati, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Nahānapariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.
「裸体沐浴」,不穿衣或不覆盖而沐浴者,在努力时犯恶作。沐浴结束时犯巴吉帝亚。
§886
Anāpatti acchinnacīvarikāya vā naṭṭhacīvarikāya vā, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:衣已被夺者、衣已失者、于难中、对疯狂者、对最初犯戒者。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第一学处结束
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ2. 第二学处
§887
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ udakasāṭikā anuññātā hoti . Chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘bhagavatā udakasāṭikā anuññātā’’ti appamāṇikāyo udakasāṭikāyo dhāresuṃ . Puratopi pacchatopi ākaḍḍhantā āhiṇḍanti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo appamāṇikāyo udakasāṭikāyo dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo appamāṇikāyo udakasāṭikāyo dhārentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo appamāṇikāyo udakasāṭikāyo dhāressanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,世尊已允许比库尼们浴衣。六群比库尼们「世尊已允许浴衣」,持用无量的浴衣。前面也拖、后面也拖地行走。诸少欲比库尼们……非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库尼们怎能持用无量的浴衣呢?」……「诸比库,六群比库尼们持用无量的浴衣,是真实的吗?」「真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼们怎能持用无量的浴衣呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§888
nti.
nti.
§889
nāma yāya nivatthā nahāyati.
即穿着它而沐浴。
ti karontiyā vā kārāpentiyā vā.
作或使作。
Pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyo. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.
应作有量的。此中,这是量:长四张手,善逝张手;宽二张手。超越此而作或使作,于方便,恶作。得已,应割断而教授巴吉帝亚。
§890
Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
自己裁断,自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。自己裁断,由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人裁断,自己完成,犯巴吉帝亚。由他人裁断,由他人完成,犯巴吉帝亚。
Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
为他人而作或使作,犯恶作。得已由他人所作而受用,犯恶作。
§891
Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:作有量的,作减少的,得已由他人所作超越量的,割断而受用,作天盖、地敷具、麻布帘、坐垫或擦脚布,对疯狂者、对最初犯戒者。
Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第二学处结束
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ3. 第三学处
§892
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā bhikkhuniyā mahagghe cīvaradusse cīvaraṃ dukkaṭaṃ hoti dussibbitaṃ. Thullanandā bhikkhunī taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sundaraṃ kho idaṃ te, ayye, cīvaradussaṃ; cīvarañca kho dukkaṭaṃ dussibbita’’nti. ‘‘Visibbemi, ayye, sibbissasī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāyye, sibbissāmī’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī taṃ cīvaraṃ visibbetvā thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā adāsi. Thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘sibbissāmi sibbissāmī’’ti neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ visibbāpetvā neva sibbissati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ visibbāpetvā neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ visibbāpetvā neva sibbissati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,某位比库尼有一件昂贵的衣料,衣做得不好,缝得不好。图喇难陀比库尼对那位比库尼如此说——「尊者,这件衣料确实很美;但衣做得不好,缝得不好。」「尊者,我拆开,你会缝吗?」「是的,尊者,我会缝。」于是那位比库尼拆开那件衣后,给了图喇难陀比库尼。图喇难陀比库尼说「我会缝,我会缝」,却既不缝也不努力使之缝好。于是那位比库尼向诸比库尼报告此事。那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、呵责、非难——「尊者图喇难陀比库尼怎么可以使比库尼的衣拆开后,既不缝也不努力使之缝好呢?」……诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼使比库尼的衣拆开后,既不缝也不努力使之缝好,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼怎么可以使比库尼的衣拆开后,既不缝也不努力使之缝好呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§893
nti.
nti.
§894
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「任何」者……「比库尼」者,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti aññāya bhikkhuniyā.
「另一位比库尼的」者,属于另一位比库尼的。
nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ.
「衣」者,六种衣中的任何一种衣。
ti sayaṃ visibbetvā. ti aññaṃ visibbāpetvā.
「拆开」者,自己拆开。「使拆开」者,使他人拆开。
ti asati antarāye.
「无障碍」者,没有障碍。
ti na sayaṃ sibbeyya. ti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya.
「不缝」者,自己不缝。「不努力使之缝好」者,不命令他人。
ti ṭhapetvā catūhapañcāhaṃ. ‘‘Neva sibbissāmi na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
「除了四、五天」者,除了四、五天。在放下责任说「我既不会缝也不会努力使之缝好」时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§895
Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā cīvaraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā cīvaraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā cīvaraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
对已受具足者有已受具足想,拆开衣或使人拆开衣后,她之后无障碍既不缝也不努力使人缝,除了四五天,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有疑,拆开衣或使人拆开衣后,她之后无障碍既不缝也不努力使人缝,除了四五天,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有未受具足想,拆开衣或使人拆开衣后,她之后无障碍既不缝也不努力使人缝,除了四五天,犯巴吉帝亚。
Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampannāya cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
拆开其他资具或使人拆开后,她之后无障碍既不缝也不努力使人缝,除了四五天,犯恶作。对未受具足者,拆开衣或其他资具或使人拆开后,她之后无障碍既不缝也不努力使人缝,除了四五天,犯恶作。对未受具足者有已受具足想,犯恶作。对未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。
§896
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, karontī catūhapañcāhaṃ atikkāmeti, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:有障碍时,寻求后未得到,正在做时超过四五天,生病者,在灾难中,发狂者,最初的犯行者。
Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第三学处结束
4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第四学处
§897
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanti. Tāni cīvarāni ciraṃ nikkhittāni kaṇṇakitāni honti. Tāni bhikkhuniyo otāpenti. Bhikkhuniyo tā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kassimāni , ayye, cīvarāni kaṇṇakitānī’’ti? Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼将衣放在诸比库尼手中后,仅着内衣与上衣出发游行人间。那些衣长久放置后变得破烂。那些比库尼晾晒它们。诸比库尼对那些比库尼如此说:「尊者,这些破烂的衣是谁的?」于是那些比库尼将此事告知诸比库尼。那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼怎能将衣放在诸比库尼手中后,仅着内衣与上衣出发游行人间呢?」……诸比库,确实诸比库尼将衣放在诸比库尼手中后,仅着内衣与上衣出发游行人间吗?「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎能将衣放在诸比库尼手中后,仅着内衣与上衣出发游行人间呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§898
nti.
nti.
§899
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡任何……此中,在此义中所指的比库尼。
ti pañcamaṃ divasaṃ pañca cīvarāni neva nivāseti na pārupati na otāpeti, pañcamaṃ divasaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
第五天既不穿着也不披着也不晾晒五件衣,超过第五天,犯巴吉帝亚。
§900
Pañcāhātikkante atikkantasaññā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pañcāhātikkante vematikā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pañcāhātikkante anatikkantasaññā , āpatti pācittiyassa.
五天已过有已过想,犯巴吉帝亚。五天已过有疑,犯巴吉帝亚。五天已过有未过想,犯巴吉帝亚。
Pañcāhānatikkante atikkantasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pañcāhānatikkante vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pañcāhānatikkante anatikkantasaññā, anāpatti.
五天未过有已过想,犯恶作。五天未过有疑,犯恶作。五天未过有未过想,无犯。
§901
Anāpatti pañcamaṃ divasaṃ pañca cīvarāni nivāseti vā pārupati vā otāpeti vā, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:第五天穿着或披上或晒五件衣,对病者,在危难时,对疯狂者,对初犯者。
Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第四学处结束
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第五学处
§902
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī piṇḍāya caritvā allacīvaraṃ pattharitvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. Aññatarā bhikkhunī taṃ cīvaraṃ pārupitvā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Sā nikkhamitvā bhikkhuniyo pucchi – ‘‘apāyye, mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ passeyyāthā’’ti? Bhikkhuniyo tassā bhikkhuniyā etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ anāpucchā pārupissatī’’ti! Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ anāpucchā pārupissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ anāpucchā pārupatīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ anāpucchā pārupissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,某位比库尼行乞食后,铺开湿衣后进入住处。另一位比库尼披上那件衣后入村乞食。她出来后问诸比库尼:「诸具寿,你们可见我的衣?」诸比库尼向那位比库尼报告此事。于是那位比库尼不满、呵责、抱怨:「比库尼怎能未问我而披我的衣!」于是那位比库尼向诸比库尼报告此事。诸少欲比库尼……不满、呵责、抱怨:「比库尼怎能未问比库尼而披其衣!」……「诸比库,比库尼未问比库尼而披其衣,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……「诸比库,比库尼怎能未问比库尼而披其衣!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§903
nti.
nti.
§904
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡如是……即……于此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma upasampannāya pañcannaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ tassā vā adinnaṃ taṃ vā anāpucchā nivāseti vā pārupati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
名为已受具足者的五件衣中的某件衣,未给与她或未问她而穿着或披上,犯巴吉帝亚。
§905
Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ dhāreti , āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa .
对已受具足者有已受具足者想而持可交换的衣,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有疑而持可交换的衣,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有未受具足者想而持可交换的衣,犯巴吉帝亚。
Anupasampannāya cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ dhāreti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
对未受具足者持可交换的衣,犯恶作。对未受具足者有已受具足者想,犯恶作。对未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足者有未受具足者想,犯恶作。
§906
Anāpatti sā vā deti, taṃ vā āpucchā nivāseti vā pārupati vā, acchinnacīvarikāya, naṭṭhacīvarikāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:她给与或问她而穿着或披上,对衣已失坏者,对衣已失落者,在危难时,对疯狂者,对初犯者。
Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第五学处结束
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第六学处
§907
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā upaṭṭhākakulaṃ thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅghassa, ayye, cīvaraṃ dassāmā’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘tumhe bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā’’ti antarāyaṃ akāsi. Tena kho pana samayena tassa kulassa gharaṃ ḍayhati. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā amhākaṃ deyyadhammaṃ antarāyaṃ karissati! Ubhayenāmha paribāhirā , bhogehi ca puññena cā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ . Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā gaṇassa cīvaralābhaṃ antarāyaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī gaṇassa cīvaralābhaṃ antarāyaṃ akāsīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī gaṇassa cīvaralābhaṃ antarāyaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,图喇难陀比库尼的供养家族对图喇难陀比库尼说:「具寿,我们将施衣给比库尼僧团。」图喇难陀比库尼说:「你们多事多作」而作障碍。其时,那个家族的房屋被烧毁。他们不满、呵责、抱怨:「图喇难陀具寿怎能障碍我们的施物!我们两方面都失去了,财物和福德。」诸比库尼听闻那些人不满、呵责、抱怨。诸少欲比库尼……不满、呵责、抱怨:「图喇难陀具寿怎能障碍僧团的衣利得!」……「诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼障碍僧团的衣利得,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……「诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼怎能障碍僧团的衣利得!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§908
nti.
nti.
§909
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」:凡是……乃至……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma bhikkhunisaṅgho vuccati.
「名」:是指比库尼僧团。
nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.
「名」:是指六种衣中任何一种可作舍与的最后的衣。
ti ‘‘kathaṃ ime cīvaraṃ na dadeyyu’’nti antarāyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ antarāyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sambahulānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vā ekabhikkhuniyā vā anupasampannāya vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ antarāyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「障碍」:若想「如何使她们不给衣」而作障碍,犯巴吉帝亚。若对其他资具作障碍,犯恶作。若对众多比库尼或一位比库尼或未受具足者的衣或其他资具作障碍,犯恶作。
§910
Anāpatti ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā nivāreti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:显示利益后劝阻,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第六学处结束
7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ7. 第七学处
§911
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhunisaṅghassa akālacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho bhikkhunisaṅgho taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmo sannipati. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antevāsiniyo bhikkhuniyo pakkantā honti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī tā bhikkhuniyo etadavoca – ‘‘ayye, bhikkhuniyo pakkantā, na tāva cīvaraṃ bhājīyissatī’’ti. Cīvaravibhaṅgaṃ paṭibāhi. Bhikkhuniyo na tāva cīvaraṃ bhājīyissatīti pakkamiṃsu . Thullanandā bhikkhunī antevāsinīsu bhikkhunīsu āgatāsu taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājāpesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā dhammikaṃ cīvaravibhaṅgaṃ paṭibāhissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ cīvaravibhaṅgaṃ paṭibāhatīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ cīvaravibhaṅgaṃ paṭibāhissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,比库尼僧团得到非时衣。于是比库尼僧团欲分配那衣而集会。其时,图拉难陀比库尼的弟子比库尼们已离去。图拉难陀比库尼对那些比库尼如此说——「诸具寿,比库尼们已离去,暂且不应分配衣。」她障碍衣的分配。比库尼们想「暂且不应分配衣」而离去。图拉难陀比库尼在弟子比库尼们来到时,令分配那衣。那些少欲比库尼……乃至……她们抱怨、非难、呵责——「具寿图拉难陀为何障碍如法的衣的分配?」……乃至……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼确实障碍如法的衣的分配吗?「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……乃至……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼为何障碍如法的衣的分配!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……乃至……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§912
nti.
nti.
§913
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」:凡是……乃至……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma cīvaravibhaṅgo samaggo bhikkhunisaṅgho sannipatitvā bhājeti.
「如法的」:是指和合的比库尼僧团集会后分配的衣的分配。
ti kathaṃ imaṃ cīvaraṃ na bhājeyyāti paṭibāhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「如何不分配此衣?」拒绝,犯巴吉帝亚。
§914
Dhammike dhammikasaññā paṭibāhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammike vematikā paṭibāhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammike adhammikasaññā paṭibāhati, anāpatti. Adhammike dhammikasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammike vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammike adhammikasaññā, anāpatti.
如法想为如法而拒绝,犯巴吉帝亚。如法有疑而拒绝,犯恶作。如法想为非法而拒绝,不犯。非法想为如法,犯恶作。非法有疑,犯恶作。非法想为非法,不犯。
§915
Anāpatti ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā paṭibāhati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:显示利益后拒绝,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。
Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第七学处结束
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ8. 第八学处
§916
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī naṭānampi naṭakānampi laṅghakānampi sokajjhāyikānampi kumbhathūṇikānampi samaṇacīvaraṃ deti – ‘‘mayhaṃ parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsathā’’ti. Naṭāpi naṭakāpi laṅghakāpi sokajjhāyikāpi kumbhathūṇikāpi thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti – ‘‘ayyā thullanandā bahussutā bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ; detha ayyāya, karotha ayyāyā’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā, tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā agārikassa samaṇacīvaraṃ dassatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī agārikassa samaṇacīvaraṃ detīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī agārikassa samaṇacīvaraṃ dassati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,图喇难陀比库尼给舞者、演员、跳跃者、歌唱者、鼓手沙门衣,「在我的众中说赞叹」。舞者、演员、跳跃者、歌唱者、鼓手在图喇难陀比库尼的众中说赞叹:「具寿图喇难陀多闻、善说、有辩才、能作如法之说;给具寿,为具寿作」。诸少欲比库尼抱怨、呵责、非难:「为何具寿图喇难陀给在家人沙门衣?」……诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼给在家人沙门衣,是真实吗?「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,为何图喇难陀比库尼给在家人沙门衣!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§917
nti.
nti.
§918
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡任何……」……「比库尼」:在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
「在家人」名为:凡任何住在家中者。
nāma bhikkhuñca sāmaṇerañca ṭhapetvā yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno.
「沙门」名为:除比库与沙玛内拉外,凡任何得游方者身份者。
nāma bhikkhuniñca sikkhamānañca sāmaṇeriñca ṭhapetvā yā kāci paribbājikasamāpannā.
「女沙门」名为:除比库尼、在学尼与沙马内莉外,凡任何得女游方者身份者。
nāma kappakataṃ vuccati. Deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
名为「经过准备的」。给予,犯巴吉帝亚。
§919
Anāpatti mātāpitūnaṃ deti, tāvakālikaṃ deti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:给予父母,给予暂时的,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第八学处结束
9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ9. 第九学处
§920
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā upaṭṭhākakulaṃ thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace mayaṃ, ayye, sakkoma, bhikkhunisaṅghassa cīvaraṃ dassāmā’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhuniyo cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. Thullanandā bhikkhunī tā bhikkhuniyo etadavoca – ‘‘āgametha, ayye, atthi bhikkhunisaṅghassa cīvarapaccāsā’’ti. Bhikkhuniyo thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāyye, taṃ cīvaraṃ jānāhī’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī yena taṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te manusse etadavoca – ‘‘dethāvuso, bhikkhunisaṅghassa cīvara’’nti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, ayye, sakkoma bhikkhunisaṅghassa cīvaraṃ dātu’’nti . Thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā dubbalacīvarapaccāsāya cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dubbalacīvarapaccāsāya cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmetīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dubbalacīvarapaccāsāya cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmessati ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,图喇难陀比库尼的支持家族对图喇难陀比库尼如此说——「尊者,如果我们能够,我们将给予比库尼僧团衣。」其时,雨安居已结束的诸比库尼想要分配衣而集会。图喇难陀比库尼对那些比库尼如此说——「尊者们,请等待,有给比库尼僧团的衣的期望。」诸比库尼对图喇难陀比库尼如此说——「尊者,请去,了知那衣。」图喇难陀比库尼前往那家族;前往后,对那些人如此说——「朋友们,请给予比库尼僧团衣。」「尊者,我们不能给予比库尼僧团衣。」图喇难陀比库尼向诸比库尼报告此事。那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、呵责——「为何图喇难陀尊者以微弱的衣的期望而超越衣时?」……「比库们,图喇难陀比库尼确实以微弱的衣的期望而超越衣时吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「比库们,为何图喇难陀比库尼以微弱的衣的期望而超越衣时!比库们,此非令未信者生信……诸比库们,应如此诵此学处——」
§921
nti.
nti.
§922
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「若」:凡是……「比库尼」:……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma ‘‘sace mayaṃ sakkoma, dassāma karissāmā’’ti vācā bhinnā hoti.
「微弱的衣的期望」名为「如果我们能够,我们将给予、将作」的言语已破。
nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañca māsā.
「衣时」名为:迦提那未展开时,雨安居的最后一个月;迦提那已展开时,五个月。
ti anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimaṃ divasaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atthate kathine kathinuddhāradivasaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「超越」:迦提那未展开时,超越雨安居的最后一日,犯巴吉帝亚。迦提那已展开时,超越迦提那舍弃日,犯巴吉帝亚。
§923
Dubbalacīvare dubbalacīvarasaññā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dubbalacīvare vematikā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dubbalacīvare adubbalacīvarasaññā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, anāpatti.
微弱的衣,有微弱的衣想而超越衣时,犯巴吉帝亚。微弱的衣,有疑而超越衣时,犯恶作。微弱的衣,有非微弱的衣想而超越衣时,无犯。
Adubbalacīvare dubbalacīvarasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adubbalacīvare vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adubbalacīvare adubbalacīvarasaññā, anāpatti.
于非劣衣有劣衣想,犯恶作。于非劣衣有疑,犯恶作。于非劣衣有非劣衣想,不犯。
§924
Anāpatti ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā nivāreti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:显示利益后阻止,对于发狂者,对于最初行为者。
Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第九学处结束
10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ10. 第十学处
§925
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena upāsakena saṅghaṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti. So tassa vihārassa mahe ubhatosaṅghassa akālacīvaraṃ dātukāmo hoti. Tena kho pana samayena ubhatosaṅghassa kathinaṃ atthataṃ hoti. Atha kho so upāsako saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā kathinuddhāraṃ yāci. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kathinaṃ uddharituṃ. Evañca pana bhikkhave kathinaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,某位近事男为僧团建造了精舍。他想在那精舍的庆典上供养两部僧团非时衣。其时,两部僧团已展开咖提那。于是,那位近事男前往僧团,请求收起咖提那。他们将此事禀告世尊。于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作了如法的谈话后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许收起咖提那。诸比库,应如此收起咖提那。应由一位精明能干的比库向僧团告知——」
§926
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho kathinaṃ uddhareyya. Esā ñatti.
「尊者们,请僧团听我说。若僧团适宜,僧团应收起咖提那。这是告知。」
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho kathinaṃ uddharati. Yassāyasmato khamati kathinassa uddhāro, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
「尊者们,请僧团听我说。僧团收起咖提那。对于哪位具寿认可收起咖提那,他应默然;对于哪位不认可,他应说。」
‘‘Ubbhataṃ saṅghena kathinaṃ, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团已收起咖提那,僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持。」
§927
Atha kho so upāsako bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā kathinuddhāraṃ yāci. Thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘cīvaraṃ amhākaṃ bhavissatī’’ti kathinuddhāraṃ paṭibāhi. Atha kho so upāsako ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo amhākaṃ kathinuddhāraṃ na dassantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tassa upāsakassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā dhammikaṃ kathinuddhāraṃ paṭibāhissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ kathinuddhāraṃ paṭibāhatīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ kathinuddhāraṃ paṭibāhissati ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
于是,那位近事男前往比库尼僧团,请求收起咖提那。图拉难陀比库尼「衣将属于我们」而阻止收起咖提那。于是,那位近事男不满、呵责、抱怨:「为何比库尼们不给我们收起咖提那!」诸比库尼听到那位近事男不满、呵责、抱怨。那些少欲的比库尼……不满、呵责、抱怨:「为何图拉难陀尊尼阻止如法的收起咖提那!」……「诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼阻止如法的收起咖提那,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……「诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼为何阻止如法的收起咖提那!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§928
nti.
nti.
§929
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「任何……如此……」……「比库尼」:在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma kathinuddhāro samaggo bhikkhunisaṅgho sannipatitvā uddharati.
名为迦提那衣的舍弃,是比库尼僧团和合集会后舍弃。
ti ‘‘kathaṃ idaṃ kathinaṃ na uddhareyyā’’ti paṭibāhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
她阻止「这迦提那衣如何不应舍弃」,犯巴吉帝亚。
§930
Dhammike dhammikasaññā paṭibāhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammike vematikā paṭibāhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammike adhammikasaññā paṭibāhati, anāpatti. Adhammike dhammikasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammike vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammike adhammikasaññā, anāpatti.
如法时作如法想而阻止,犯巴吉帝亚。如法时疑而阻止,犯恶作。如法时作非法想而阻止,无犯。非法时作如法想,犯恶作。非法时疑,犯恶作。非法时作非法想,无犯。
§931
Anāpatti anisaṃsaṃ dassetvā paṭibāhati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti .
无犯:显示无利益后阻止,心乱者,最初的犯行者。
Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十学处结束
Naggavaggo tatiyo. · 裸体品第三
4. Tuvaṭṭavaggo
4. 同床品
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ1. 第一学处
§932
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭenti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭessanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼二人同睡一床。诸人游行精舍时见后,不满、呵责、非难——「诸比库尼怎可二人同睡一床,如同在家女享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听闻彼等诸人不满、呵责、非难。诸少欲比库尼……不满、呵责、非难——「诸比库尼怎可二人同睡一床!」……「诸比库,诸比库尼二人同睡一床,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎可二人同睡一床!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§933
nti.
nti.
§934
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti upasampannāyo vuccanti.
凡任何……受具足者称为。
nti ekāya nipannāya aparā nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
一人卧时另一人卧,犯巴吉帝亚。二人俱卧,犯巴吉帝亚。起来后再三卧,犯巴吉帝亚。
§935
Anāpatti ekāya nipannāya aparā nisīdati, ubho vā nisīdanti, ummattikānaṃ, ādikammikānanti.
无罪:一人卧,另一人坐,或两人都坐,对于疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第一学处结束
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ2. 第二学处
§936
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭenti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭessanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ , bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼二人以一敷具覆盖而急速行走。诸人在寺院巡行时见到后,不满、呵责、非难:「诸比库尼怎能二人以一敷具覆盖而急速行走,如同在家女人享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听闻那些人不满、呵责、非难。那些少欲的比库尼……不满、呵责、非难:「诸比库尼怎能二人以一敷具覆盖而急速行走!」……诸比库,诸比库尼二人以一敷具覆盖而急速行走,是真实吗?「是真实的,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎能二人以一敷具覆盖而急速行走!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§937
nti.
nti.
§938
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti upasampannāyo vuccanti.
凡是那样的……被称为受具足者。
nti taññeva attharitvā taññeva pārupanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
即敷同一敷具、覆同一覆盖,犯巴吉帝亚。
§939
Ekattharaṇapāvuraṇe ekattharaṇapāvuraṇasaññā tuvaṭṭenti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekattharaṇapāvuraṇe vematikā tuvaṭṭenti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekattharaṇapāvuraṇe nānattharaṇapāvuraṇasaññā tuvaṭṭenti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
于一敷具覆盖有一敷具覆盖想而急速行走,犯巴吉帝亚。于一敷具覆盖有疑而急速行走,犯巴吉帝亚。于一敷具覆盖有别敷具覆盖想而急速行走,犯巴吉帝亚。
Ekattharaṇe nānāpāvuraṇe , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nānattharaṇe ekapāvuraṇe , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nānattharaṇapāvuraṇe ekattharaṇapāvuraṇasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nānattharaṇapāvuraṇe vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nānattharaṇapāvuraṇe nānattharaṇapāvuraṇasaññā, anāpatti.
于一敷具别覆盖,犯恶作。于别敷具一覆盖,犯恶作。于别敷具覆盖有一敷具覆盖想,犯恶作。于别敷具覆盖有疑,犯恶作。于别敷具覆盖有别敷具覆盖想,无罪。
§940
Anāpatti vavatthānaṃ dassetvā nipajjanti, ummattikānaṃ, ādikammikānanti.
无罪:显示界限后卧,对于疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第二学处结束
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ3. 第三学处
§941
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī bahussutā hoti bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ. Bhaddāpi kāpilānī bahussutā hoti bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ uḷārasambhāvitā. Manussā – ‘‘ayyā bhaddā kāpilānī bahussutā bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ uḷārasambhāvitā’’ti bhaddaṃ kāpilāniṃ paṭhamaṃ payirupāsitvā, pacchā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ payirupāsanti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī issāpakatā – ‘‘imā kira appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā yā imā saññattibahulā viññattibahulā viharantī’’ti bhaddāya kāpilāniyā purato caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti uddisatipi uddisāpetipi sajjhāyampi karoti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā ayyāya bhaddāya kāpilāniyā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,图拉难陀比库尼多闻、持诵者、善辩、能作如法之说。跋陀咖毕喇尼也多闻、持诵者、善辩、能作如法之说,极受尊敬。诸人:「尊者跋陀咖毕喇尼多闻、持诵者、善辩、能作如法之说,极受尊敬」,先亲近跋陀咖毕喇尼,之后才亲近图拉难陀比库尼。图拉难陀比库尼出于嫉妒:「这些人据说少欲、知足、远离、不混杂,而她们却多作标记、多作表示而住」,在跋陀咖毕喇尼面前经行、站立、坐、卧,诵习、令诵习、作诵读。那些少欲的比库尼……不满、呵责、非难:「尊者图拉难陀怎能故意对尊者跋陀咖毕喇尼作不适意!」……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼故意对跋陀咖毕喇尼作不适意,是真实吗?「是真实的,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼怎能故意对跋陀咖毕喇尼作不适意!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§942
nti.
nti.
§943
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」:凡是...任何...(中略)...在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti aññāya bhikkhuniyā.
「比库尼」:已知的比库尼。
ti jānantī sañjānantī cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.
「故意」:知道、了知、决意、超越而违犯。
ti – ‘‘iminā imissā aphāsu bhavissatī’’ti anāpucchā purato caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā sajjhāyaṃ vā karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「使不舒适」:「以此将使她不舒适」,未询问而在前面经行、站立、坐、卧,或诵经、使人诵经、背诵,犯巴吉帝亚。
§944
Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
对已受具足者有已受具足想,故意使不舒适,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有疑,故意使不舒适,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有未受具足想,故意使不舒适,犯巴吉帝亚。
Anupasampannāya sañcicca aphāsuṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
对未受具足者故意使不舒适,犯恶作。对未受具足者有已受具足想,犯恶作。对未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。
§945
Anāpatti na aphāsuṃ kattukāmā āpucchā purato caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā sajjhāyaṃ vā karoti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:不想使不舒适,询问后在前面经行、站立、坐、卧,或诵经、使人诵经、背诵;对疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第三学处结束
4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第四学处
§946
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī dukkhitaṃ sahajīviniṃ neva upaṭṭheti na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā dukkhitaṃ sahajīviniṃ neva upaṭṭhessati na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dukkhitaṃ sahajīviniṃ neva upaṭṭheti na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dukkhitaṃ sahajīviniṃ neva upaṭṭhessati na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,图拉难陀比库尼对生病的同住者既不看护,也不努力使人看护。诸少欲比库尼...(中略)...抱怨、非难、呵责:「为何尊者图拉难陀对生病的同住者既不看护,也不努力使人看护?」...(中略)...「诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼对生病的同住者既不看护,也不努力使人看护,是真的吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责...(中略)...「诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼为何对生病的同住者既不看护,也不努力使人看护!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信...(中略)...诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§947
nti.
nti.
§948
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」是指:凡是...等等...在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma gilānā vuccati.
「病者」是指生病者。
nāma saddhivihārinī vuccati.
「同住弟子」是指共住弟子。
ti na sayaṃ upaṭṭheyya.
「不亲自看护」是指不自己看护。
ti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya .
「不命令他人」是指不命令其他人。
‘‘Neva upaṭṭhessāmi, na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa. Antevāsiniṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā neva upaṭṭheti, na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我既不看护,也不为看护而努力」,在放弃责任时,犯巴吉帝亚。对于女弟子或未受具足者,既不看护,也不为看护而努力,犯恶作。
§949
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:有障碍时,寻找后未得到时,自己生病时,在危难中时,发狂者,最初犯戒者。
Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第四学处结束
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第五学处
§950
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddā kāpilānī sākete vassaṃ upagatā hoti. Sā kenacideva karaṇīyena ubbāḷhā thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘sace me ayyā thullanandā upassayaṃ dadeyya āgaccheyyāmahaṃ sāvatthi’’nti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī evamāha – ‘‘āgacchatu, dassāmī’’ti. Atha kho bhaddā kāpilānī sāketā sāvatthiṃ agamāsi. Thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā upassayaṃ adāsi. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī bahussutā hoti bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ. Bhaddāpi kāpilānī bahussutā hoti bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ uḷārasambhāvitā. Manussā – ‘‘ayyā bhaddā kāpilānī bahussutā bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ uḷārasambhāvitā’’ti bhaddaṃ kāpilāniṃ paṭhamaṃ payirupāsitvā pacchā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ payirupāsanti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī issāpakatā – ‘‘imā kira appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā yā imā saññattibahulā viññattibahulā viharantī’’ti kupitā anattamanā bhaddaṃ kāpilāniṃ upassayā nikkaḍḍhi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā ayyāya bhaddāya kāpilāniyā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhatīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,跋陀咖毕喇尼在沙给答度雨安居。她因某事务繁忙,派遣使者到图喇难陀比库尼处:「若尊者图喇难陀给我住所,我将前往沙瓦提。」图喇难陀比库尼如此说:「请来,我将给予。」于是跋陀咖毕喇尼从沙给答前往沙瓦提。图喇难陀比库尼给予跋陀咖毕喇尼住所。其时,图喇难陀比库尼多闻、善说、有辩才、能作如法之说。跋陀咖毕喇尼也多闻、善说、有辩才、能作如法之说,极受尊重。人们「尊者跋陀咖毕喇尼多闻、善说、有辩才、能作如法之说,极受尊重」,先亲近跋陀咖毕喇尼,后才亲近图喇难陀比库尼。图喇难陀比库尼嫉妒:「这些人据说少欲、知足、远离、不交际,而她们却多作表白、多作告知而住。」愤怒、不悦,将跋陀咖毕喇尼从住所驱逐。诸少欲比库尼...等等...她们非难、呵责、传播:「尊者图喇难陀怎能给予尊者跋陀咖毕喇尼住所后,愤怒、不悦而驱逐呢?」...等等...诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼给予跋陀咖毕喇尼住所后,愤怒、不悦而驱逐,是真实吗?「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责...等等...诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼怎能给予跋陀咖毕喇尼住所后,愤怒、不悦而驱逐呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信...等等...诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§951
nti.
nti.
§952
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」:凡是...凡是怎样的...(中略)...「比库尼」...(中略)...在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti aññāya bhikkhuniyā. nāma kavāṭabaddho vuccati. ti sayaṃ datvā. ti anabhiraddhā āhatacittā khilajātā.
「比库尼」:指另一位比库尼。「名字」:称为门闩所系者。「给予」:指自己给予。「不喜」:不欢喜、心怀不满、生起顽固。
ti gabbhe gahetvā pamukhaṃ nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pamukhe gahetvā bahi nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekena payogena bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「房内」:在房内抓住后拖出门外,犯巴吉帝亚。在门口抓住后拖到外面,犯巴吉帝亚。以一次行为使多人越过门,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Sakiṃ āṇattā bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「命令」:命令他人,犯巴吉帝亚。命令一次后使多人越过门,犯巴吉帝亚。
§953
Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
对已受具足者有已受具足想,给予住所后,因愤怒、不满而驱逐或令驱逐,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有疑,给予住所后,因愤怒、不满而驱逐或令驱逐,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有未受具足想,给予住所后,因愤怒、不满而驱逐或令驱逐,犯巴吉帝亚。
Tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Akavāṭabaddhā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ kavāṭabaddhā vā akavāṭabaddhā vā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
驱逐或令驱逐她的资具,犯恶作。驱逐或令驱逐非门闩所系者,犯恶作。驱逐或令驱逐她的资具,犯恶作。驱逐或令驱逐未受具足者,无论门闩所系或非门闩所系,犯恶作。驱逐或令驱逐她的资具,犯恶作。对未受具足者有已受具足想,犯恶作。对未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。
§954
Anāpatti alajjiniṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattikaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, bhaṇḍanakārikaṃ kalahakārikaṃ vivādakārikaṃ bhassakārikaṃ saṅghe adhikaraṇakārikaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, antevāsiniṃ vā saddhivihāriniṃ vā na sammā vattantiṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:驱逐或令驱逐无惭者,驱逐或令驱逐她的资具;驱逐或令驱逐疯狂者,驱逐或令驱逐她的资具;驱逐或令驱逐制造争论者、制造诤论者、制造争执者、制造喧哗者、在僧团中制造诤事者,驱逐或令驱逐她的资具;驱逐或令驱逐不正行的弟子或共住弟子,驱逐或令驱逐她的资具;疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第五学处结束
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第六学处
§955
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā caṇḍakāḷī saṃsaṭṭhā viharissati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave , caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharissati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,禅达咖离比库尼与在家人及在家人之子混杂而住。诸少欲比库尼...(中略)...她们非难、呵责、传播:「尊者禅达咖离怎能与在家人及在家人之子混杂而住呢?」...(中略)...「诸比库,禅达咖离比库尼确实与在家人及在家人之子混杂而住吗?」「确实,世尊。」世尊呵责...(中略)...「诸比库,禅达咖离比库尼怎能与在家人及在家人之子混杂而住呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信...(中略)...诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§956
nti.
nti.
§957
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」:凡是...如何的...乃至...「比库尼」...乃至...在此义中所指的即是比库尼。
nāma ananulomikena kāyikavācasikena saṃsaṭṭhā.
「交往」:以不如法的身行、语行相交往。
nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
「居士」:凡是任何住在家中者。
nāma ye keci puttabhātaro.
「居士子」:凡是任何儿子或兄弟。
ti yā sā saṃsaṭṭhā bhikkhunī.
「交往的比库尼」:即是那位相交往的比库尼。
ti aññāhi bhikkhunīhi. Yā passanti yā suṇanti tāhi vattabbā – ‘‘māyye, saṃsaṭṭhā vihari gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Viviccāyye; vivekaññeva bhaginiyā saṅgho vaṇṇetī’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbā. Tatiyampi vattabbā. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sā bhikkhunī saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbā – ‘‘māyye , saṃsaṭṭhā vihari gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Viviccāyye; vivekaññevabhaginiyā saṅgho vaṇṇetī’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbā. Tatiyampi vattabbā. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sā bhikkhunī samanubhāsitabbā. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, samanubhāsitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
「应劝告」:应由其他比库尼劝告。凡是见到的、听到的比库尼们应对她说——「大德,您与居士或居士子交往而住。大德,请远离;僧团确实赞叹姊妹的独处」。应第二次劝告。应第三次劝告。若她舍弃,这是好的;若不舍弃,犯恶作。听到而不劝告者,犯恶作。应将那位比库尼带到僧团中央劝告——「大德,您与居士或居士子交往而住。大德,请远离;僧团确实赞叹姊妹的独处」。应第二次劝告。应第三次劝告。若她舍弃,这是好的;若不舍弃,犯恶作。那位比库尼应被谏诤。诸比库,应如此谏诤。应由能干、有能力的比库尼向僧团告知——
§958
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Sā taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuniṃ samanubhāseyya tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. Esā ñatti.
「大德,请僧团听我说。这位某名比库尼与居士或居士子交往而住。她不舍弃那个事。若僧团适时,僧团应谏诤某名比库尼,为了舍弃那个事。这是告知。
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Sā taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjati. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuniṃ samanubhāsati tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya bhikkhuniyā samanubhāsanā tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.
「大德,请僧团听我说。这位某名比库尼与居士或居士子交往而住。她不舍弃那个事。僧团谏诤某名比库尼,为了舍弃那个事。对于某名比库尼的谏诤,为了舍弃那个事,对哪位大德适意者,她应默然;对哪位不适意者,她应说。」
‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe….
「第二次我也说此义……乃至……第三次我也说此义……乃至……
‘‘Samanubhaṭṭhā saṅghena itthannāmā bhikkhunī tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya; khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团已随同意某名比库尼舍弃该事;僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持守。」
Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.
白时恶作。两次甘马时恶作。甘马结束时犯巴吉帝亚。
§959
Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
如法甘马作如法甘马想而不舍弃,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马有疑而不舍弃,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马作非法甘马想而不舍弃,犯巴吉帝亚。
Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
非法甘马作如法甘马想,犯恶作。非法甘马有疑,犯恶作。非法甘马作非法甘马想,犯恶作。
§960
Anāpatti asamanubhāsantiyā, paṭinissajjantiyā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:未被随同意者、舍弃者、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第六学处结束
7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ7. 第七学处
§961
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ caranti. Dhuttā dūsenti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼在国内有疑虑、有危险之处无护卫而游行。恶人们侵犯她们。那些少欲的比库尼……乃至……她们非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼怎能在国内有疑虑、有危险之处无护卫而游行呢?」……乃至……「诸比库,诸比库尼真的在国内有疑虑、有危险之处无护卫而游行吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……乃至……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能在国内有疑虑、有危险之处无护卫而游行呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……乃至……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§962
nti.
nti.
§963
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡任何……乃至……」……乃至……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti yassa vijite viharati, tassa raṭṭhe.
在其征服之地住者,在其国土。
nāma tasmiṃ magge corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāso dissati, bhuttokāso dissati, ṭhitokāso dissati, nisinnokāso dissati, nipannokāso dissati.
在那条道路上,盗贼的停留处可见,食处可见,站立处可见,坐处可见,卧处可见。
nāma tasmiṃ magge corehi manussā hatā dissanti, viluttā dissanti, ākoṭitā dissanti.
在那条道路上,被盗贼所杀的人可见,被劫掠者可见,被殴打者可见。
nāma vinā satthena.
无商队。
ti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.
在咖咖答散巴德村,从村到村之间,犯巴吉帝亚。在非村的旷野,每半由旬,犯巴吉帝亚。
§964
Anāpatti satthena saha gacchati, kheme appaṭibhaye gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:与商队一起去,在安全无怖畏处去,在危难时,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第七学处结束
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ8. 第八学处
§965
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ caranti. Dhuttā dūsenti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼在边境被认为有危险、有怖畏之处,无商队而游行。恶人侵犯她们。那些少欲的比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播说——「诸比库尼怎能在边境被认为有危险、有怖畏之处,无商队而游行呢?」……诸比库,诸比库尼真的在边境被认为有危险、有怖畏之处,无商队而游行吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎能在边境被认为有危险、有怖畏之处,无商队而游行呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§966
nti.
nti.
§967
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡任何……此……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti yassa vijite viharati, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññassa raṭṭhe.
在其征服地住,除了他国之外。
nāma tasmiṃ magge corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāso dissati, bhuttokāso dissati, ṭhitokāso dissati, nisinnokāso dissati, nipannokāso dissati.
在那条道路上,盗贼的停留处可见,食处可见,站立处可见,坐处可见,卧处可见。
nāma tasmiṃ magge corehi manussā hatā dissanti, viluttā dissanti, ākoṭitā dissanti.
在那条道路上,被盗贼所杀的人可见,被抢劫的可见,被殴打的可见。
nāma vinā satthena.
没有商队。
ti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.
在咖库咖桑巴德村,从村到村之间,犯巴吉帝亚。在无村的旷野,每半由旬,犯巴吉帝亚。
§968
Anāpatti satthena saha gacchati, kheme appaṭibhaye gacchati , āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:与商队一起去,在安全无危险处去,在危难时,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第八学处结束
9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ9. 第九学处
§969
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ carissanti haritāni tiṇāni ca sammaddantā, ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādentā’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ carissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ carantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ carissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛陀世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达咖尼瓦巴。其时,诸比库尼在雨安居期间游行。人们非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼怎能在雨安居期间游行,践踏青草,伤害一根生命,使许多微细生物遭受死亡!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲的比库尼……非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼怎能在雨安居期间游行!」……「诸比库,诸比库尼真的在雨安居期间游行吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛陀世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能在雨安居期间游行!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§970
nti.
nti.
§971
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡是如何……「比库尼」,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nti purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ avasitvā.
即未住前三月或后三月。
ti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.
于咖咖答桑巴德村,从村至村之间,犯巴吉帝亚。于非村的旷野,每半由旬每半由旬,犯巴吉帝亚。
§972
Anāpatti sattāhakaraṇīyena gacchati, kenaci ubbāḷhā gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:以七日事而行,被某人强迫而行,于诸难中,于发狂者,于最初犯戒者。
Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第九学处结束
10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ10. 第十学处
§973
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo tattheva rājagahe vassaṃ vasanti, tattha hemantaṃ, tattha gimhaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘āhundarikā bhikkhunīnaṃ disā andhakārā, na imāsaṃ disā pakkhāyantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya…pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在王舍城竹林咖喇陀咖尼瓦巴。其时,诸比库尼就在王舍城结雨安居,在那里过冬季,在那里过热季。人们非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼的方向是黑暗的,诸方向对她们不显现。」诸比库尼听闻那些非难、呵责、传播的人们。于是,那些比库尼将此事告知诸比库。诸比库将此事告知世尊。于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,那么,我将为诸比库尼制定学处,依十种利益——为僧团的优善……乃至……为正法的久住、为随顺律。诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§974
nti.
nti.
§975
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
即凡是……乃至……即……乃至……此是在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ vuṭṭhā.
即已出前三月或后三月。
‘‘Cārikaṃ na pakkamissāmi antamaso chappañcayojanānipī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
「我不出行游方,乃至六、五由旬」,于放下担子时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§976
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:有障碍时,寻找第二位比库尼而未得,于病者,于诸难中,于发狂者,于最初犯戒者。
Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十学处结束
Tuvaṭṭavaggo catuttho. · 急速品第四
5. Cittāgāravaggo
5. 画堂品
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ1. 第一学处
§977
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa uyyāne cittāgāre paṭibhānacittaṃ kataṃ hoti. Bahū manussā cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchanti. Chabbaggiyāpi bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,国萨拉国巴些那地王在园林的画堂中造了令人惊叹的画。众多人前往观看画堂。六群比库尼也前往观看画堂。人们非难、呵责、传播:「比库尼怎可前往观看画堂,如同在家女享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲的比库尼……非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库尼怎可前往观看画堂!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼确实前往观看画堂吗?」「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎可前往观看画堂!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§978
nti.
nti.
§979
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「任何」:……「比库尼」:于此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma yattha katthaci rañño kīḷituṃ ramituṃ kataṃ hoti.
「王园」:名为无论何处为国王游戏、娱乐而造之处。
nāma yattha katthaci manussānaṃ kīḷituṃ ramituṃ kataṃ hoti.
「公园」:名为无论何处为人们游戏、娱乐而造之处。
nāma yattha katthaci manussānaṃ kīḷituṃ ramituṃ kato hoti.
「游乐园」:名为无论何处为人们游戏、娱乐而造之处。
nāma yattha katthaci manussānaṃ kīḷituṃ ramituṃ kataṃ hoti.
「娱乐场」:名为无论何处为人们游戏、娱乐而造之处。
nāma yattha katthaci manussānaṃ kīḷituṃ ramituṃ katā hoti.
「画堂」:名为无论何处为人们游戏、娱乐而造之处。
§980
Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhitā passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhitā passati, āpatti pacittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
为了观看而前往,犯恶作。站在那里观看,犯巴吉帝亚。舍弃观看的范围后再三观看,犯巴吉帝亚。为了观看每一个而前往,犯恶作。站在那里观看,犯巴吉帝亚。舍弃观看的范围后再三观看,犯巴吉帝亚。
§981
Anāpatti ārāme ṭhitā passati, gacchantī vā āgacchantī vā passati, sati karaṇīye gantvā passati, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:站在寺院里观看,或者行走时或来去时观看,有事务而前往后观看,在危难时,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第一学处结束
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ2. 第二学处
§982
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjanti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ . Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼使用高座和卧床。诸人游行寺院时,见后不满、呵责、非难:「诸比库尼怎能使用高座和卧床,如同在家女享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听闻那些人不满、呵责、非难。那些少欲的比库尼……不满、呵责、非难:「诸比库尼怎能使用高座和卧床!」……诸比库,听说诸比库尼使用高座和卧床,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……:「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能使用高座和卧床!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§983
nti.
nti.
§984
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
那位如是……那位……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma atikkantappamāṇā vuccati.
名为超过量。
nāma āharimehi vāḷehi kato hoti.
名为用可拆卸的脚制成。
ti tasmiṃ abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
在那上面坐或卧,犯巴吉帝亚。
§985
Anāpatti āsandiyā pāde chinditvā paribhuñjati, pallaṅkassa vāḷe bhinditvā paribhuñjati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:切断高座的脚后使用,破坏卧床的脚后使用,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第二学处结束
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ3. 第三学处
§986
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantanti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā …pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,六群比库尼纺线。诸人游行精舍时见到后,不满、呵责、非难:「比库尼怎么纺线,如同在家女享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听到那些人不满、呵责、非难。那些少欲的比库尼……不满、呵责、非难:「六群比库尼怎么纺线!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼纺线,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎么纺线!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——」
§987
nti.
nti.
§988
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「那位」,无论何种……「比库尼」……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma cha suttāni – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ.
「线」,名为六种线——麻、棉、丝、毛、麻布、大麻。
ti sayaṃ kantati, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Ujjavujjave āpatti pācittiyassa.
「纺」,自己纺,在努力中犯恶作。每一纺织犯巴吉帝亚。
§989
Anāpatti kantitasuttaṃ kantati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:纺已纺的线,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。
Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第三学处结束
4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第四学处
§990
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo gihiveyyāvaccaṃ karonti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gihiveyyāvaccaṃ karissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gihiveyyāvaccaṃ karontīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gihiveyyāvaccaṃ karissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,诸比库尼做在家人的事务。那些少欲的比库尼……不满、呵责、非难:「比库尼怎么做在家人的事务!」……「诸比库,比库尼做在家人的事务,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,比库尼怎么做在家人的事务!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——」
§991
nti.
nti.
§992
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「那位」,无论何种……「比库尼」……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma agārikassa yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā pacati, sāṭakaṃ vā veṭhanaṃ vā dhovati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「在家人的事务」,名为为在家人煮粥、饭或副食,洗衣或腰布,犯巴吉帝亚。
§993
Anāpatti yāgupāne, saṅghabhatte, cetiyapūjāya, attano veyyāvaccakarassa yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā pacati, sāṭakaṃ vā veṭhanaṃ vā dhovati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:煮粥、僧团食、塔供养时,为自己的侍者煮粥或饭或副食,或洗衣或腰布,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯者。
Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第四学处结束
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第五学处
§994
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘ehāyye, imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehī’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā neva vūpasameti na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā bhikkhuniyā – ‘ehāyye’, imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehī’ti vuccamānā – ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā, neva vūpasamessati na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā – ‘‘ehāyye, imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehī’’ti vuccamānā – ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā, neva vūpasameti na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā – ‘‘ehāyye, imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehī’’ti vuccamānā – ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā, neva vūpasamessati na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,某位比库尼前往图喇难陀比库尼处,对她如此说——「来吧,大德,请平息此诤事。」图喇难陀比库尼答应「善哉」后,既不平息,也不为平息而努力。于是,那位比库尼将此事告知诸比库尼。那些少欲的比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播——「为何大德图喇难陀比库尼被说『来吧,大德,请平息此诤事』时,答应『善哉』后,既不平息,也不为平息而努力呢?」……诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼被比库尼说『来吧,大德,请平息此诤事』时,答应『善哉』后,既不平息,也不为平息而努力,是真实的吗?「真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,为何图喇难陀比库尼被比库尼说『来吧,大德,请平息此诤事』时,答应『善哉』后,既不平息,也不为平息而努力!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§995
nti.
nti.
§996
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡是如此的……即……此在此义中所指的比库尼。
ti aññāya bhikkhuniyā.
即被另一位比库尼。
nāma cattāri adhikaraṇāni – vivādādhikaraṇaṃ, anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ, āpattādhikaraṇaṃ, kiccādhikaraṇaṃ.
名为四种诤事——诤论诤事、诽谤诤事、罪诤事、事务诤事。
ti ehāyye imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchehi.
即「来吧,大德,请判决此诤事。」
ti asati antarāye.
即无障碍时。
ti na sayaṃ vūpasameyya.
即不应自己平息。
ti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya. ‘‘Neva vūpasamessāmi na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte, āpatti pācittiyassa.
不应命令其他人。仅仅放下责任说「我既不平息也不为平息而努力」时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§997
Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā adhikaraṇaṃ neva vūpasameti na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā adhikaraṇaṃ neva vūpasameti, na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā adhikaraṇaṃ neva vūpasameti, na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
对已受具足者有已受具足想,诤事既不平息也不为平息而努力,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有疑,诤事既不平息也不为平息而努力,犯巴吉帝亚。对已受具足者有未受具足想,诤事既不平息也不为平息而努力,犯巴吉帝亚。
Anupasampannāya adhikaraṇaṃ neva vūpasameti, na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
对未受具足者,诤事既不平息也不为平息而努力,犯恶作。对未受具足者有已受具足想,犯恶作。对未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。
§998
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:有障碍时,寻找后未得到,生病者,在灾难中,发狂者,最初犯戒者。
Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第五学处结束
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第六学处
§999
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī naṭānampi naṭakānampi laṅghakānampi sokajjhāyikānampi kumbhathūṇikānampi sahatthā khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ deti – ‘‘mayhaṃ parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsathā’’ti. Naṭāpi naṭakāpi laṅghakāpi sokajjhāyikāpi kumbhathūṇikāpi thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti – ‘‘ayyā thullanandā bahussutā bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ; detha ayyāya, karotha ayyāyā’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā agārikassa sahatthā khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ dassatīti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī agārikassa sahatthā khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ detīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī agārikassa sahatthā khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ dassati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。当时,图拉难陀比库尼亲手给舞者、演员、跳跃者、吟诵者、鼓手副食主食,说「请在我的众中称赞」。舞者、演员、跳跃者、吟诵者、鼓手在图拉难陀比库尼的众中称赞说「尊者图拉难陀多闻、善说、有辩才、能作法语;请给尊者,请为尊者作」。诸少欲比库尼……她们抱怨、呵责、传播说「尊者图拉难陀怎能亲手给在家人副食主食呢」……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼确实亲手给在家人副食主食吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼怎能亲手给在家人副食主食呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1000
nti.
nti.
§1001
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡是……此中,这里所指的比库尼是……
nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
名为凡是任何住在家中者。
nāma bhikkhuñca sāmaṇerañca ṭhapetvā yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno.
名为除了比库和沙玛内拉,凡是任何达到游方者状态者。
nāma bhikkhuniñca sikkhamānañca sāmaṇeriñca ṭhapetvā yā kāci paribbājikasamāpannā.
名为除了比库尼、在学尼、沙马内莉之外,任何已得游方女者。
nāma pañca bhojanāni – udakadantaponaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.
名为五种食物——除了水与齿木之外,其余的副食名为。
nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.
名为五种食物——饭、粥、炒粮、鱼、肉。
ti kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Udakadantaponaṃ deti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
以身或以身所系属之物或以应舍之物给予,犯巴吉帝亚。给予水与齿木,犯恶作。
§1002
Anāpatti dāpeti na deti, upanikkhipitvā deti, bāhirālepaṃ deti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:使人给予而自己不给予,放置后给予,给予外涂物,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第六学处结束
7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ7. 第七学处
§1003
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati. Aññā utuniyo bhikkhuniyo na labhanti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā āvasathacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjatīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,图喇难陀比库尼未舍住处衣而受用。其他季节比库尼们得不到。诸少欲比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、呵责——「为何阿姨图喇难陀未舍住处衣而受用呢?」……诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼未舍住处衣而受用,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,为何图喇难陀比库尼未舍住处衣而受用!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1004
nti.
nti.
§1005
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡是任何……比库尼……此是在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma ‘‘utuniyo bhikkhuniyo paribhuñjantū’’ti dinnaṃ hoti.
名为「季节比库尼们受用」而给予的。
ti dvetisso rattiyo paribhuñjitvā catutthadivase dhovitvā bhikkhuniyā vā sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇeriyā vā anissajjitvā paribhuñjati , āpatti pācittiyassa.
三个二十夜受用后,在第四天洗涤后,不舍给比库尼、学法女或沙马内莉而受用,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1006
Anissajjite anissajjitasaññā paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anissajjite vematikā paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anissajjite nissajjitasaññā paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
未舍给而有未舍给想受用,犯巴吉帝亚。未舍给而疑受用,犯巴吉帝亚。未舍给而有舍给想受用,犯巴吉帝亚。
Nissajjite anissajjitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite nissajjitasaññā anāpatti.
已舍给而有未舍给想,犯恶作。已舍给而疑,犯恶作。已舍给而有舍给想,无犯。
§1007
Anāpatti nissajjitvā paribhuñjati, puna pariyāyena paribhuñjati, aññā utuniyo bhikkhuniyo na honti, acchinnacīvarikāya, naṭṭhacīvarikāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:舍给后受用,以另一方式受用,没有其他雨季的比库尼们,衣失坏者,衣遗失者,诸难中,发狂者,最初犯戒者。
Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第七学处结束
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ8. 第八学处
§1008
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathaṃ anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā āvasatho ḍayhati. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘handāyye, bhaṇḍakaṃ nīharāmā’’ti. Ekaccā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, ayye, nīharissāma. Yaṃ kiñci naṭṭhaṃ sabbaṃ amhe abhiyuñjissatī’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī punadeva taṃ āvasathaṃ paccāgantvā bhikkhuniyo pucchi – ‘‘apāyye, bhaṇḍakaṃ nīharitthā’’ti? ‘‘Na mayaṃ, ayye, nīharimhā’’ti . Thullanandā bhikkhunī ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo āvasathe ḍayhamāne bhaṇḍakaṃ na nīharissantī’’ti! Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā āvasathaṃ anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathaṃ anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkamatīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathaṃ anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkamissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,图拉难陀比库尼不舍住所而出游行。其时,图拉难陀比库尼的住所被烧。诸比库尼如此说:「来吧,大德,我们搬出物品。」某些如此说:「大德,我们不搬出。凡任何遗失的一切,她都会责备我们。」图拉难陀比库尼再次回到那住所,问诸比库尼:「大德们,搬出物品了吗?」「大德,我们没有搬出。」图拉难陀比库尼不满、呵责、抱怨:「诸比库尼怎能在住所被烧时不搬出物品呢!」那些少欲的比库尼们……她们不满、呵责、抱怨:「大德图拉难陀怎能不舍住所而出游行呢!」……「比库们,图拉难陀比库尼不舍住所而出游行,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「比库们,图拉难陀比库尼怎能不舍住所而出游行呢!比库们,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库们,应如此诵此学处——」
§1009
nti.
nti.
§1010
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡任何……此……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma kavāṭabaddho vuccati.
名为有门扉者。
ti bhikkhuniyā vā sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇeriyā vā anissajjitvā parikkhittassa āvasathassa parikkhepaṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa āvasathassa upacāraṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa.
不舍给比库尼、学法女或沙马内莉而越过有围墙的住所的围墙者,犯巴吉帝亚。越过无围墙的住所的界限者,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1011
Anissajjite anissajjitasaññā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anissajjite vematikā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anissajjite nissajjitasaññā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
于未舍弃有未舍弃想而离去,犯巴吉帝亚。于未舍弃有疑而离去,犯巴吉帝亚。于未舍弃有舍弃想而离去,犯巴吉帝亚。
Akavāṭabaddhaṃ anissajjitvā pakkamati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite anissajjitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite nissajjitasaññā, anāpatti.
未舍弃未系门闩而离去,犯恶作。于已舍弃有未舍弃想,犯恶作。于已舍弃有疑,犯恶作。于已舍弃有舍弃想,不犯。
§1012
Anāpatti nissajjitvā pakkamati, sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:舍弃后离去,有障碍时,寻找后未得,生病者,遭难时,精神失常者,最初的犯戒者。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第八学处结束
9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ9. 第九学处
§1013
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,六群比库尼学习畜生明。人们非难、呵责、传播:「比库尼怎能学习畜生明,如同在家女欲乐享受者!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。凡彼诸少欲比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库尼怎能学习畜生明!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼学习畜生明,是真实吗?」「世尊,是真实的。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎能学习畜生明!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1014
nti.
nti.
§1015
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡彼任何……乃至……此……乃至……此中所指的比库尼。
nāma yaṃ kiñci bāhirakaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ.
名为任何外在的、与义利无关的。
ti padena pariyāpuṇāti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya pariyāpuṇāti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.
以句学习,每句每句犯巴吉帝亚。以字学习,每字每字犯巴吉帝亚。
§1016
Anāpatti lekhaṃ pariyāpuṇāti, dhāraṇaṃ pariyāpuṇāti, guttatthāya parittaṃ pariyāpuṇāti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:学习书写,学习记忆,为了守护而学习护卫,精神失常者,最初的犯戒者。
Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第九学处结束
10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ10. 第十学处
§1017
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācessanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,六群比库尼诵习畜生明。人们非难、呵责、诽谤——「比库尼怎么可以诵习畜生明,如同在家女享受欲乐者一样!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、诽谤。那些少欲的比库尼……她们非难、呵责、诽谤——「六群比库尼怎么可以诵习畜生明!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼诵习畜生明,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎么可以诵习畜生明!诸比库,这不能令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§1018
nti.
nti.
§1019
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
任何……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma yaṃ kiñci bāhirakaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ.
名为任何外在的、与无义相应的。
ti padena vāceti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya vāceti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.
以句诵习者,句句犯巴吉帝亚。以字诵习者,字字犯巴吉帝亚。
§1020
Anāpatti lekhaṃ vāceti, dhāraṇaṃ vāceti, guttatthāya parittaṃ vāceti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:诵习书写,诵习受持,为了守护而诵习护卫,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。
Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十学处结束
Cittāgāravaggo pañcamo. · 心堂品第五
6. Ārāmavaggo
6. 园品
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ1. 第一学处
§1021
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū gāmakāvāse ekacīvarā cīvarakammaṃ karonti. Bhikkhuniyo anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisitvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,众多比库在村落住处一衣作衣业。诸比库尼未请问而进入园,前往那些比库处。诸比库非难、呵责、诽谤——「比库尼怎么可以未请问而进入园!」……「诸比库,比库尼未请问而进入园,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,比库尼怎么可以未请问而进入园!诸比库,这不能令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
nti.
nti.
Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.
如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库尼所制定。
§1022
Tena kho pana samayena te bhikkhū tamhā āvāsā pakkamiṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayyā pakkantā’’ti, ārāmaṃ nāgamaṃsu. Atha kho te bhikkhū punadeva taṃ āvāsaṃ paccāgacchiṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayyā āgatā’’ti, āpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisitvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo te bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tumhe, bhaginiyo, ārāmaṃ neva sammajjittha na pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpitthāti? Bhagavatā, ayyā, sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti – ‘‘na anāpucchā ārāmo pavisitabbo’’ti. Tena mayaṃ na āgamimhā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,那些比库从那个住所离开了。比库尼们(想):「尊者们已离开」,没有去园林。然后,那些比库又再次回到那个住所。比库尼们(想):「尊者们已来到」,询问后进入园林,前往那些比库所在之处;前往后,礼敬那些比库,站立于一旁。站立于一旁的那些比库尼对那些比库如此说:「为何你们,姊妹们,既没有打扫园林,也没有准备饮用水和食用水?」「尊者,世尊已制定学处——『不询问不应进入园林』。因此我们没有去。」他们将此事禀告世尊……(世尊说:)「诸比库,我允许询问在的比库后进入园林。诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
nti.
nti.
Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.
如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库尼制定。
§1023
Tena kho pana samayena te bhikkhū tamhā āvāsā pakkamitvā punadeva taṃ āvāsaṃ paccāgacchiṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayyā pakkantā’’ti anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisiṃsu. Tāsaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – ‘na santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmo pavisitabbo’ti. Mayañcamhā santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisimhā. Kacci nu kho mayaṃ pācittiyaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā’’ti…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,那些比库从那个住所离开后,又再次回到那个住所。比库尼们(想):「尊者们已离开」,未询问就进入了园林。她们生起疑虑:「世尊已制定学处——『不询问在的比库不应进入园林』。而我们未询问在的比库就进入了园林。我们是否犯了巴吉帝亚罪?」……她们将此事禀告世尊。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件,作法谈后,告诉诸比库……「诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§1024
nti.
nti.
§1025
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「若」,「任何」……「比库尼」:……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassā ārocenti, te vā ārocenti.
「知道」:自己知道,或他人告诉她,或他们告诉她。
nāma ārāmo yattha bhikkhū rukkhamūlepi vasanti.
「园林」:比库们即使住在树下的地方也叫园林。
ti bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā ārāmikaṃ vā anāpucchā parikkhittassa ārāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa ārāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyā āpatti pācittiyassa.
「不询问进入」:未询问比库、沙玛内拉或园林管理者,越过有围墙的园林的围墙者,犯巴吉帝亚罪。进入无围墙的园林的附近区域者,犯巴吉帝亚罪。
§1026
Sabhikkhuke sabhikkhukasaññā santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sabhikkhuke vematikā santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sabhikkhuke abhikkhukasaññā santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisati, anāpatti.
有比库想有比库,不询问在的比库进入园林,犯巴吉帝亚罪。有比库有疑,不询问在的比库进入园林,犯恶作罪。有比库想无比库,不询问在的比库进入园林,不犯。
Abhikkhuke sabhikkhukasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhikkhuke vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhikkhuke abhikkhukasaññā, anāpatti.
于非比库有比库想,犯恶作。于非比库有疑,犯恶作。于非比库有非比库想,不犯。
§1027
Anāpatti santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā pavisati, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā pavisati, sīsānulokikā gacchati, yattha bhikkhuniyo sannipatitā honti tattha gacchati, ārāmena maggo hoti, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯者:询问有比库而进入,不询问无比库而进入,低头而行,前往比库尼们集会之处,以僧园为道路,为病者,于难中,发狂者,最初犯戒者。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第一学处结束
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ2. 第二学处
§1028
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upālissa upajjhāyo āyasmā kappitako susāne viharati. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ mahattarā bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo taṃ bhikkhuniṃ nīharitvā āyasmato kappitakassa vihārassa avidūre jhāpetvā thūpaṃ katvā gantvā tasmiṃ thūpe rodanti. Atha kho āyasmā kappitako tena saddena ubbāḷho taṃ thūpaṃ bhinditvā pakiresi. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘iminā kappitakena amhākaṃ ayyāya thūpo bhinno, handa naṃ ghātemā’’ti, mantesuṃ . Aññatarā bhikkhunī āyasmato upālissa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli āyasmato kappitakassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho āyasmā kappitako vihārā nikkhamitvā nilīno acchi. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yenāyasmato kappitakassa vihāro tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmato kappitakassa vihāraṃ pāsāṇehi ca leḍḍūhi ca ottharāpetvā, ‘‘mato kappitako’’ti pakkamiṃsu.
尔时,佛世尊住在韦萨离大林重阁讲堂。尔时,具寿伍巴离的戒师具寿咖毕德咖住在墓地。尔时,六群比库尼的上座比库尼命终了。六群比库尼们将那位比库尼抬出,在具寿咖毕德咖的住处不远处火化,造塔后前往,在那塔处哭泣。于是具寿咖毕德咖被那声音惊扰,破坏那塔并散弃。六群比库尼们商议:「这咖毕德咖破坏了我们尊师的塔,来!我们杀他!」某位比库尼将此事告知具寿伍巴离。具寿伍巴离将此事告知具寿咖毕德咖。于是具寿咖毕德咖从住处出来,隐藏起来。于是六群比库尼们前往具寿咖毕德咖的住处;前往后,用石头和土块填满具寿咖毕德咖的住处,说「咖毕德咖死了」后离去。
Atha kho āyasmā kappitako tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasaṃsu kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo āyasmantaṃ kappitakaṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ. Disvāna evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ kappitako jīvati, ko nu kho amhākaṃ mantaṃ saṃharī’’ti? Assosuṃ kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayyena kira upālinā amhākaṃ manto saṃhaṭo’’ti. Tā āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ akkosiṃsu – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayaṃ kāsāvaṭo malamajjano nihīnajacco amhākaṃ mantaṃ saṃharissatī’’ti! Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ayyaṃ upāliṃ akkosissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo upāliṃ akkosantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo upāliṃ akkosissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
于是具寿咖毕德咖在那夜过后,于上午时分着下衣,持钵衣,进入韦萨离行乞食。六群比库尼们看见具寿咖毕德咖行乞食。看见后如此说:「这咖毕德咖还活着,谁泄露了我们的密谋?」六群比库尼们听说:「据说是尊者伍巴离泄露了我们的密谋。」她们辱骂具寿伍巴离:「这穿袈裟的垢秽者、卑贱种姓者怎能泄露我们的密谋!」那些少欲的比库尼们……抱怨、非难、呵责:「六群比库尼们怎能辱骂尊者伍巴离!」……「比库们!六群比库尼们辱骂伍巴离,是真实的吗?」「世尊!是真实的。」佛世尊呵责……「比库们!六群比库尼们怎能辱骂伍巴离!比库们!这不能使未信者生信……诸比库们!应如此诵此学处——」
§1029
nti.
nti.
§1030
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「……」:凡是……「……」:……这是在此义中所指的比库尼。
nti upasampannaṃ. ti dasahi vā akkosavatthūhi akkosati etesaṃ vā aññatarena, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「辱骂」:受具足者。「或诽谤」:以十种辱骂事辱骂,或以这些中的任何一种,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti bhayaṃ upadaṃseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「或恐吓」:显示恐怖,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1031
Upasampanne upasampannasaññā akkosati vā paribhāsati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematikā akkosati vā paribhāsati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññā akkosati vā paribhāsati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
于受具足者有受具足者想而辱骂或诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有疑而辱骂或诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。于受具足者有未受具足者想而辱骂或诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。
Anupasampannaṃ akkosati vā paribhāsati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
辱骂或诽谤未受具足者,犯恶作。于未受具足者有受具足想,犯恶作。于未受具足者有疑,犯恶作。于未受具足者有未受具足想,犯恶作。
§1032
Anāpatti atthapurekkhārāya, dhammapurekkhārāya, anusāsanipurekkhārāya, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:以义为先、以法为先、以教诫为先者,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。
Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第二学处结束
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ3. 第三学处
§1033
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī bhaṇḍanakārikā hoti kalahakārikā vivādakārikā bhassakārikā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārikā. Thullanandā bhikkhunī tassā kamme karīyamāne paṭikkosati. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī gāmakaṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho bhikkhunisaṅgho – ‘‘thullanandā bhikkhunī pakkantā’’ti caṇḍakāḷiṃ bhikkhuniṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipi. Thullanandā bhikkhunī gāmake taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā punadeva sāvatthiṃ paccāgacchi. Caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā āgacchantiyā neva āsanaṃ paññapesi na pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakaṭhalikaṃ upanikkhipi; na paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi na pānīyena āpucchi. Thullanandā bhikkhunī caṇḍakāḷiṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, ayye, mayi āgacchantiyā neva āsanaṃ paññapesi na pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakaṭhalikaṃ upanikkhipi; na paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi na pānīyena āpucchī’’ti? ‘‘Evañhetaṃ, ayye, hoti yathā taṃ anāthāyā’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, ayye, anāthā’’ti? ‘‘Imā maṃ, ayye, bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayaṃ anāthā appaññātā, natthi imissā kāci pativattā’’ti, āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsū’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘bālā etā abyattā etā netā jānanti kammaṃ vā kammadosaṃ vā kammavipattiṃ vā kammasampattiṃ vā’’ti, caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṃ paribhāsi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṃ paribhāsissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṃ paribhāsatīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe…kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṃ paribhāsissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,禅荼咖离比库尼是争吵者、诤论者、争执者、诤辩者、在僧团中制造诤事者。图拉难陀比库尼在对她作甘马时反对。其时,图拉难陀比库尼因某事务前往村落。于是比库尼僧团「图拉难陀比库尼已离去」,因不见罪而举罪禅荼咖离比库尼。图拉难陀比库尼在村落办完那事务后再次返回沙瓦提。禅荼咖离比库尼对来的图拉难陀比库尼既不设座,也不放置脚水、脚凳、脚擦布;既不前往迎接钵与衣,也不以水问讯。图拉难陀比库尼对禅荼咖离比库尼如此说:「具寿,为何你对我来时既不设座,也不放置脚水、脚凳、脚擦布;既不前往迎接钵与衣,也不以水问讯?」「具寿,确实如此,如同对无依怙者。」「具寿,为何你无依怙?」「具寿,这些比库尼们『此女无依怙、无人知,没有任何人支持她』,因不见罪而举罪我。」图拉难陀比库尼「这些愚痴者、这些无能者,她们不知甘马或甘马过失或甘马不成就或甘马成就」,愤怒地诽谤僧团。诸少欲比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、呵责:「具寿图拉难陀比库尼怎能愤怒地诽谤僧团?」……「比库们,图拉难陀比库尼愤怒地诽谤僧团,是真实吗?」「世尊,是真实的。」佛世尊呵责……「比库们,图拉难陀比库尼怎能愤怒地诽谤僧团!比库们,此非令未信者生信……诸比库们,比库尼们应如此诵此学处——
§1034
nti.
nti.
§1035
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「若」即任何……「比库尼」即在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma kodhanā vuccati.
「愤怒」即称为嗔怒者。
nāma bhikkhunisaṅgho vuccati.
「僧团」即称为比库尼僧团。
ti ‘‘bālā etā abyattā etā netā jānanti kammaṃ vā kammadosaṃ vā kammavipattiṃ vā kammasampattiṃ vā’’ti paribhāsati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sambahulā bhikkhuniyo vā ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā paribhāsati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「诽谤」即「这些愚痴者、这些无能者,她们不知甘马或甘马过失或甘马不成就或甘马成就」而诽谤,犯巴吉帝亚。诽谤众多比库尼或一位比库尼或未受具足者,犯恶作。
§1036
Anāpatti atthapurekkhārāya, dhammapurekkhārāya, anusāsanipurekkhārāya, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:以义为先、以法为先、以教诫为先者,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。
Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第三学处结束
4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第四学处
§1037
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhuniyo nimantetvā bhojesi . Bhikkhuniyo bhuttāvī pavāritā ñātikulāni gantvā ekaccā bhuñjiṃsu ekaccā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo paṭivissake etadavoca – ‘‘bhikkhuniyo mayā ayyā santappitā, etha tumhepi santappessāmī’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ, ayyo, amhe santappessasi! Yāpi tayā nimantitā tāpi amhākaṃ gharāni āgantvā ekaccā bhuñjiṃsu ekaccā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsū’’ti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo amhākaṃ ghare bhuñjitvā aññatra bhuñjissanti, na cāhaṃ paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātu’’nti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjantīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,某位婆罗门邀请诸比库尼后供养食物。诸比库尼食毕、谢绝后,前往亲戚家,有些食用,有些取了钵食后离去。于是,那位婆罗门对回礼者们说:「诸位尊者,诸比库尼已被我满足,来吧,我也将满足你们。」他们如此说:「尊者,你将满足我们什么!那些被你邀请的,她们来到我们家后,有些食用,有些取了钵食后离去。」于是,那位婆罗门不满、呵责、抱怨:「诸比库尼怎么能在我家食用后又在别处食用,而我却无能力给予所需之量!」诸比库尼听闻那位婆罗门不满、呵责、抱怨。那些少欲的诸比库尼……她们不满、呵责、抱怨:「诸比库尼怎么能食毕、谢绝后又在别处食用!」……诸比库,诸比库尼食毕、谢绝后又在别处食用,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎么能食毕、谢绝后又在别处食用!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§1038
nti.
nti.
§1039
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡任何……即……此中,在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantitā.
即被五种食物中的任一种食物所邀请。
nāma asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhitā abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyati.
即座位被准备,食物被准备,站在手臂所及之处呈献,拒绝被准备。
nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāguṃ yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.
即五种食物——除了粥、时分药、七日药、尽形寿药之外,其余的称为副食。
nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.
即五种食物——饭、粥、炒粮、鱼、肉。
‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.
「我将嚼、我将食」而接受,犯恶作。每一吞咽,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1040
Nimantite nimantitasaññā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite vematikā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite animantitasaññā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.
被邀请而有被邀请想,嚼或食副食或食物,犯巴吉帝亚。被邀请而有疑,嚼或食副食或食物,犯巴吉帝亚。被邀请而有未被邀请想,嚼或食副食或食物,犯巴吉帝亚。
Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….
为了食物而接受时限药、七日药、尽形寿药,犯恶作。每次吞咽,犯恶作……
§1041
Anāpatti nimantitā appavāritā, yāguṃ pivati, sāmike apaloketvā bhuñjati, yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:受邀请而未受限制,饮粥;未向主人告知而食用;有因缘时使用时限药、七日药、尽形寿药;疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第四学处结束
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第五学处
§1042
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarissā visikhāya piṇḍāya caramānā yena aññataraṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho te manussā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ bhojetvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘aññāpi, ayye, bhikkhuniyo āgacchantū’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī, ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo nāgaccheyyu’’nti, bhikkhuniyo upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘amukasmiṃ, ayye, okāse vāḷā sunakhā caṇḍo balibaddo cikkhallo okāso. Mā kho tattha agamitthā’’ti. Aññatarāpi bhikkhunī tassā visikhāya piṇḍāya caramānā yena taṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho te manussā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ bhojetvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa, ayye, bhikkhuniyo na āgacchantī’’ti? Atha kho sā bhikkhunī tesaṃ manussānaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī kulaṃ maccharāyissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī kulaṃ maccharāyatīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī kulaṃ maccharāyissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,某位比库尼在沙瓦提城某条街道为乞食而行,前往某家;前往后,坐在所设之座。那时,那些人供养那位比库尼食物后,对她说:「尊者,请其他比库尼也来。」那时,那位比库尼想:「怎能不让比库尼们来呢?」前往诸比库尼处后,对她们说:「尊者们,某处有恶狗、凶猛的公牛、泥泞之处。你们不要去那里。」另一位比库尼也在那条街道为乞食而行,前往那家;前往后,坐在所设之座。那时,那些人供养那位比库尼食物后,对她说:「尊者,为何比库尼们不来?」那时,那位比库尼向那些人报告此事。人们抱怨、非难、责备:「比库尼怎能对家族悭吝?」……诸比库,比库尼对家族悭吝,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,比库尼怎能对家族悭吝!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1043
nti.
nti.
§1044
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「那位」,任何……「比库尼」……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ.
「家族」,即四种家族——刹帝利家族、婆罗门家族、吠舍家族、首陀罗家族。
ti ‘‘kathaṃ bhikkhuniyo nāgaccheyyu’’nti bhikkhunīnaṃ santike kulassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Kulassa vā santike bhikkhunīnaṃ avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「悭吝」,想「怎能让比库尼们来」,在诸比库尼面前说家族的过失,犯巴吉帝亚。或在家族面前说诸比库尼的过失,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1045
Anāpatti kulaṃ na maccharāyantī santaṃyeva ādīnavaṃ ācikkhati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:不对家族悭吝,说实有的过患;疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第五学处结束
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第六学处
§1046
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo gāmakāvāse vassaṃvuṭṭhā sāvatthiṃ agamaṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo tā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘katthāyyāyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā? Kacci ovādo iddho ahosī’’ti? ‘‘Natthayye, tattha bhikkhū; kuto ovādo iddho bhavissatī’’ti! Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vasissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vasantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave , bhikkhuniyo abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vasissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,众多比库尼在村落住处结雨安居后,来到沙瓦提城。诸比库尼对那些比库尼说:「尊者们在何处结雨安居?教诫是否兴盛?」「尊者,那里没有比库,教诫怎会兴盛?」那些少欲的比库尼……抱怨、非难、责备:「比库尼们怎能在无比库的住处结雨安居?」……诸比库,比库尼在无比库的住处结雨安居,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,比库尼们怎能在无比库的住处结雨安居!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1047
nti.
nti.
§1048
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
...如是,凡是...乃至...如是...乃至...此即在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma āvāso na sakkā hoti ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā gantuṃ. ‘‘Vassaṃ vasissāmī’’ti senāsanaṃ paññapeti pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhapeti pariveṇaṃ sammajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Saha aruṇuggamanā āpatti pācittiyassa.
名为住处,不能前往教诫或共住。「我将住雨安居」而设置住所,备办饮用水、食物,打扫房舍,犯恶作。日出时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1049
Anāpatti vassupagatā bhikkhū pakkantā vā honti vibbhantā vā kālaṅkatā vā pakkhasaṅkantā vā, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:已入雨安居的比库们已离去、已还俗、已死亡、已转部,在危难时,对于疯狂者,对于最初行为者。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第六学处结束
7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ7. 第七学处
§1050
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo gāmakāvāse vassaṃvuṭṭhā sāvatthiṃ agamaṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo tā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘katthāyyāyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā; kattha bhikkhusaṅgho pavārito’’ti ? ‘‘Na mayaṃ, ayye, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāremā’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ na pavāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ na pavārentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ na pavāressanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,众多比库尼在村落住处度过雨安居后来到沙瓦提城。诸比库尼对那些比库尼如是说——「诸具寿在何处度过雨安居?在何处自恣比库僧团?」「诸具寿,我们没有自恣比库僧团。」凡彼诸少欲比库尼...乃至...她们非难、呵责、传播——「诸比库尼怎能度过雨安居后不自恣比库僧团呢?」...乃至...「诸比库,据说诸比库尼度过雨安居后不自恣比库僧团,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责...乃至...「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能度过雨安居后不自恣比库僧团呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信...乃至...诸比库,诸比库尼应如是诵此学处——
§1051
nti.
nti.
§1052
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
...如是,凡是...乃至...如是...乃至...此即在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ vuṭṭhā. Ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi na pavāressāmi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
名为前三月或后三月已度过。「我将不在两部僧团以三事自恣:以见、以闻、以疑」,仅放下责任时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1053
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:有障难时,寻求后未得,对于病者,在危难时,对于疯狂者,对于最初行为者。
Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第七学处结束
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ8. 第八学处
§1054
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovadanti. Bhikkhuniyo chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ethāyye ovādaṃ gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Yampi mayaṃ, ayye, gaccheyyāma ovādassa kāraṇā, ayyā chabbaggiyā idheva āgantvā amhe ovadantī’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ na gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ na gacchantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ na gacchissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊、佛陀住在萨咖族人中,咖毕拉瓦图城尼拘律园。其时,六群比库前往比库尼住处后教诫六群比库尼。诸比库尼对六群比库尼如是说——「来吧,诸具寿,我们将前往教诫。」「诸具寿,即使我们前往教诫之故,诸具寿六群比库来此处教诫我们。」凡彼诸少欲比库尼...乃至...她们非难、呵责、传播——「六群比库尼怎能不前往教诫呢?」...乃至...「诸比库,据说六群比库尼不前往教诫,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责...乃至...「诸比库,六群比库尼怎能不前往教诫呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信...乃至...诸比库,诸比库尼应如是诵此学处——
§1055
nti.
nti.
§1056
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」是指:任何...乃至...这...乃至...在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma aṭṭha garudhammā.
「八重法」是指八项重法。
nāma ekakammaṃ ekuddeso samasikkhatā. Ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā na gacchissāmīti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
「同一甘马、同一诵戒、同一学」是指同一甘马、同一诵戒、同一学。「我不去教诫或共住」,在舍弃责任时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1057
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:有障碍时,寻找后未得到第二位比库尼,生病时,在危难中,发狂者,最初的犯戒者。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第八学处结束
9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ9. 第九学处
§1058
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo uposathampi na pucchanti ovādampi na yācanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo uposathampi na pucchissanti ovādampi na yācissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ‘‘uposathampi na pucchanti ovādampi na yācantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uposathampi na pucchissanti ovādampi na yācissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛陀世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。当时,诸比库尼既不询问伍波萨他,也不请求教诫。诸比库不满、批评、抱怨:「诸比库尼怎么既不询问伍波萨他,也不请求教诫呢?」...乃至...「诸比库,诸比库尼真的既不询问伍波萨他,也不请求教诫吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛陀世尊呵责...乃至...「诸比库,诸比库尼怎么既不询问伍波萨他,也不请求教诫呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信...乃至...诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——」
§1059
nti.
nti.
§1060
nti anuposathikaṃ. nāma dve uposathā – cātuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca.
「每半月」是指不间断的伍波萨他。「伍波萨他」是指两种伍波萨他:十四日和十五日。
nāma aṭṭha garudhammā. ‘‘Uposathampi na pucchissāmi ovādampi na yācissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
「比库僧团」是指八重法。「我既不询问伍波萨他,也不请求教诫」,在舍弃责任时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1061
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:有障碍时,寻找后未得到第二位比库尼,生病时,在危难中,发狂者,最初的犯戒者。
Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第九学处结束
10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ10. 第十学处
§1062
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṃ gaṇḍaṃ purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā bhedāpesi. Atha kho so puriso taṃ bhikkhuniṃ dūsetuṃ upakkami. Sā vissaramakāsi. Bhikkhuniyo upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, ayye, vissaramakāsī’’ti? Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṃ gaṇḍaṃ purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā bhedāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṃ gaṇḍaṃ purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā bhedāpetīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṃ gaṇḍaṃ purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā bhedāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,某位比库尼让一位男子单独为她切开胁部生起的肿瘤。于是那位男子企图污染那位比库尼。她大声呼叫。诸比库尼跑过来对那位比库尼说——「尊者,你为何大声呼叫?」于是那位比库尼向诸比库尼报告此事。那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、呵责——「比库尼怎能让男子单独为她切开胁部生起的肿瘤呢?」……诸比库,比库尼让男子单独为她切开胁部生起的肿瘤,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,比库尼怎能让男子单独为她切开胁部生起的肿瘤呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§1063
nti.
nti.
§1064
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「那位」……「比库尼」是指……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma adhonābhi ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ. nti tattha jātaṃ. nāma yo koci gaṇḍo. nāma yaṃ kiñci vaṇaṃ. ti anāpucchā. nāma bhikkhunisaṅgho vuccati. nāma sambahulā bhikkhuniyo vuccanti. nāma manussapuriso, na yakkho, na peto, na tiracchānagato, viññū paṭibalo dūsetuṃ. nti ekato. ti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.
「胁部」是指脐下膝盖圆周以上。「生起的」是指在那里生起的。「肿瘤」是指任何肿瘤。「疮」是指任何疮。「未告知」是指未请示。「僧团」是指比库尼僧团。「众多」是指众多比库尼。「男子」是指人男子,不是亚卡,不是饿鬼,不是畜生,有智能够污染。「单独」是指一起。「单独」是指男子和比库尼。
§1065
‘‘Bhindā’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bhinne āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Phālehī’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Phālite āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Dhovā’’ti āṇāpeti , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhovite āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Ālimpā’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Litte āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Bandhāhī’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Baddhe āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Mocehī’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Mutte āpatti pācittiyassa.
「切开」命令,犯恶作。切开了,犯巴吉帝亚。「劈开」命令,犯恶作。劈开了,犯巴吉帝亚。「清洗」命令,犯恶作。清洗了,犯巴吉帝亚。「涂抹」命令,犯恶作。涂抹了,犯巴吉帝亚。「包扎」命令,犯恶作。包扎了,犯巴吉帝亚。「解开」命令,犯恶作。解开了,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1066
Anāpatti apaloketvā bhedāpeti vā phālāpeti vā dhovāpeti vā ālimpāpeti vā bandhāpeti vā mocāpeti vā, yā kāci viññū dutiyikā hoti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:告知后让切开、让劈开、让清洗、让涂抹、让包扎、让解开,有任何有智的第二人在场,癫狂者,最初犯戒者。
Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十学处结束
Ārāmavaggo chaṭṭho. · 园品第六
7. Gabbhinīvaggo
7. 怀孕品
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ1. 第一学处
§1067
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Sā piṇḍāya carati. Manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dethāyyāya bhikkhaṃ , garubhārā ayyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼使怀孕者出家。她行乞食。人们如此说——「给尊者食物,尊者负重担。」人们抱怨、非难、呵责——「比库尼们怎能使怀孕者出家呢?」诸比库尼听到那些人们抱怨、非难、呵责。那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、呵责——「比库尼们怎能使怀孕者出家呢?」……诸比库,比库尼们使怀孕者出家,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,比库尼们怎能使怀孕者出家呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§1068
nti.
nti.
§1069
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「那位」……「比库尼」是指……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma āpannasattā vuccati. ti upasampādeyya.
名为怀孕者。应授达上。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使出罪」而寻找僧团或老师或钵或衣,或确定界,犯恶作罪。白时犯恶作。二次甘马时犯恶作。甘马结束时,依止师犯巴吉帝亚。僧团和老师犯恶作罪。
§1070
Gabbhiniyā gabbhinisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Gabbhiniyā vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gabbhiniyā agabbhinisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, anāpatti. Agabbhiniyā gabbhinisaññā , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Agabbhiniyā vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Agabbhiniyā agabbhinisaññā, anāpatti.
对怀孕者有怀孕者想而使出罪,犯巴吉帝亚。对怀孕者有疑而使出罪,犯恶作。对怀孕者有非怀孕者想而使出罪,不犯。对非怀孕者有怀孕者想,犯恶作。对非怀孕者有疑,犯恶作。对非怀孕者有非怀孕者想,不犯。
§1071
Anāpatti gabbhiniṃ agabbhinisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, agabbhiniṃ agabbhinisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:对怀孕者有非怀孕者想而使出罪,对非怀孕者有非怀孕者想而使出罪,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第一学处结束
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ2. 第二学处
§1072
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Sā piṇḍāya carati. Manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dethāyyāya bhikkhaṃ, sadutiyikā ayyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼使授乳者出罪。她行乞食。人们如此说:「给尊尼食物,尊尼有第二者。」人们非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼怎能使授乳者出罪呢!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲的比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼怎能使授乳者出罪呢!」……诸比库,诸比库尼使授乳者出罪,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎能使授乳者出罪呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1073
nti.
nti.
§1074
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡任何……此……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma mātā vā hoti dhāti vā.
名为母亲或乳母。
ti upasampādeyya.
应授达上。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使出家」而寻找僧团或老师或钵或衣,或同意界,犯恶作。白时恶作。二次甘马词时恶作。甘马词结束时,对依止师犯巴吉帝亚。对僧团和老师犯恶作。
§1075
Pāyantiyā pāyantisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pāyantiyā vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pāyantiyā apāyantisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, anāpatti. Apāyantiyā pāyantisaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apāyantiyā vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apāyantiyā apāyantisaññā, anāpatti.
对应驱摈者有应驱摈想而使出家,犯巴吉帝亚。对应驱摈者有疑而使出家,犯恶作。对应驱摈者有非应驱摈想而使出家,无犯。对非应驱摈者有应驱摈想,犯恶作。对非应驱摈者有疑,犯恶作。对非应驱摈者有非应驱摈想,无犯。
§1076
Anāpatti pāyantiṃ apāyantisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, apāyantiṃ apāyantisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:对应驱摈者有非应驱摈想而使出家,对非应驱摈者有非应驱摈想而使出家,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第二学处结束
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ3. 第三学处
§1077
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ , bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya sikkhamānāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya sikkhamānā. Saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼使在六法中未学习学处二年的学法女出家。她们愚痴、不善巧,不知道如法或不如法。诸少欲比库尼……她们非难、呵责、责备:「诸比库尼怎能使在六法中未学习学处二年的学法女出家呢?」……「诸比库,诸比库尼真的使在六法中未学习学处二年的学法女出家吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能使在六法中未学习学处二年的学法女出家呢!诸比库,这非令未信者生信……」呵责后……作法谈后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许给学法女在六法中二年的学习许可。诸比库,应如此给:那学法女应前往僧团,偏袒上衣,礼敬诸比库尼足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说:『诸具寿,我名某甲,某甲具寿的学法女。我向僧团乞求在六法中二年的学习许可。』应第二次乞求。应第三次乞求。应由有能力的善巧比库尼告知僧团——
§1078
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmāya sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.
「诸具寿,请僧团听我说。此某甲,某甲具寿的学法女,向僧团乞求在六法中二年的学习许可。若僧团适时,僧团应给某甲学法女在六法中二年的学习许可。这是白。
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.
「诸具寿,请僧团听我说。此某甲,某甲具寿的学法女,向僧团乞求在六法中二年的学习许可。僧团给某甲学法女在六法中二年的学习许可。对哪位具寿认可给某甲学法女在六法中二年的学习许可,她应默然;对哪位不认可,她应说。
‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团已给某甲学法女在六法中二年的学习许可。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持。」
§1079
Sā sikkhamānā ‘‘evaṃ vadehī’’ti vattabbā – ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Adinnādānā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Abrahmacariyā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Musāvādā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Vikālabhojanā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti.
应对那学法女说「你应如此说」:「我受持离杀生,二年不违越受持。我受持离不与取,二年不违越受持。我受持离非梵行,二年不违越受持。我受持离妄语,二年不违越受持。我受持离放逸之因的诸酒类,二年不违越受持。我受持离非时食,二年不违越受持。」
Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
那时,世尊以种种方式呵责那些比库尼难养……(中略)……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1080
nti.
nti.
§1081
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「……」者,凡是……(中略)……者……(中略)……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti dve saṃvaccharāni. nāma sikkhā vā na dinnā hoti, dinnā vā sikkhā kupitā. ti upasampādeyya.
「……」者,二年。「……」者,学未被给予,或已给予的学被破坏。「……」者,令出离。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将令出离」而寻求僧团、老师、钵或衣,或同意界,犯恶作。白时恶作。二甘马时恶作。甘马语终了时,戒师犯巴吉帝亚。僧团与老师犯恶作。
§1082
Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
如法甘马作如法甘马想而令出离,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马有疑而令出离,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马作非法甘马想而令出离,犯巴吉帝亚。
Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
非法甘马作如法甘马想,犯恶作。非法甘马有疑,犯恶作。非法甘马作非法甘马想,犯恶作。
§1083
Anāpatti dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:令二年于六法中学已学的学法女出离,痴狂者,最初犯戒者。
Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第三学处结束
4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第四学处
§1084
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘etha, sikkhamānā, imaṃ jānātha, imaṃ detha, imaṃ āharatha, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karothā’’ti. Tā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, ayye, sikkhamānā. Bhikkhuniyo maya’’nti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ , ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。那时,诸比库尼令二年于六法中学已学的学法女未经僧团同意而出离。诸比库尼如此说:「来,学法女,知此,给此,拿此,以此为事,作此为净。」她们如此说:「尊者,我们不是学法女。我们是比库尼。」那些少欲的比库尼……(中略)……她们抱怨、呵责、责备:「诸比库尼怎能令二年于六法中学已学的学法女未经僧团同意而出离呢?」……(中略)……诸比库,诸比库尼令二年于六法中学已学的学法女未经僧团同意而出离,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……(中略)……诸比库,诸比库尼怎能令二年于六法中学已学的学法女未经僧团同意而出离呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……(中略)……呵责后……(中略)……作如法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许给予二年于六法中学已学的学法女出离同意。诸比库,应如此给予。那位二年于六法中学已学的学法女应前往僧团,偏袒上衣,礼敬诸比库尼足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说:「尊者,我名某某,某某尊者的二年于六法中学已学的学法女,向僧团乞求出离同意。」应第二次乞求。应第三次乞求。应由能干、有能力的比库尼向僧团告白——」
§1085
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.
「诸具寿,请僧团听我说。这位某甲为某甲具寿在六法上学习了两年的学法女,向僧团请求出离许可。若僧团适宜,僧团应给予某甲在六法上学习了两年的学法女出离许可。这是表白。」
‘‘Suṇātu me , ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.
「诸具寿,请僧团听我说。这位某甲为某甲具寿在六法上学习了两年的学法女,向僧团请求出离许可。僧团给予某甲在六法上学习了两年的学法女出离许可。对于某甲在六法上学习了两年的学法女给予出离许可,哪位具寿认可,她应默然;哪位不认可,她应说出。」
‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammuti; khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团已给予某甲在六法上学习了两年的学法女出离许可;僧团认可,因此默然,我如是持。」
Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
那时,世尊以种种方式呵责那些比库尼难养育……乃至……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1086
nti.
nti.
§1087
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「哪位」「如何」……乃至……「比库尼」是指在此义中所指的比库尼。
ti dve saṃvaccharāni. nāma chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. nāma ñattidutiyena kammena vuṭṭhānasammuti na dinnāhoti. ti upasampādeyya.
「两年」即两个年度。「在六法上学习」即在六法上学习。「未给予出离许可」即未以表白第二甘马给予出离许可。「使出家」即使出家。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使出离」而寻求僧团或老师或钵或衣,或确定界,犯恶作。表白时恶作。两次甘马文时恶作。甘马文结束时,依止师犯巴吉帝亚。僧团和老师犯恶作。
§1088
Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
如法甘马作如法甘马想而使出离,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马有疑而使出离,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马作非法甘马想而使出离,犯巴吉帝亚。
Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
于非法甘马有法甘马想,犯恶作。于非法甘马有疑,犯恶作。于非法甘马有非法甘马想,犯恶作。
§1089
Anāpatti dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:授具足于已在六法中学习二年、已学学法、僧团所认可的学法女;对于疯狂者、最初犯者。
Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第四学处结束
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第五学处
§1090
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā akkhamā honti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ. Uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātikā honti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Ūnadvādasavassā , bhikkhave, gihigatā akkhamā hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ. Uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātikā hoti. Dvādasavassāva kho, bhikkhave, gihigatā khamā hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ. Uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼授具足于未满十二年的曾为在家者。她们不能忍受寒、热、饥、渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫类的接触、恶言、粗语的言辞。对于已生起的身体的诸受——苦的、剧烈的、粗重的、辛辣的、不悦意的、不可意的、夺命的——她们是不能忍受之性者。那些少欲的诸比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、呵责:「诸比库尼怎能授具足于未满十二年的曾为在家者呢?」……「诸比库,诸比库尼授具足于未满十二年的曾为在家者,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能授具足于未满十二年的曾为在家者呢!诸比库,未满十二年的曾为在家者不能忍受寒、热、饥、渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫类的接触、恶言、粗语的言辞。对于已生起的身体的诸受——苦的、剧烈的、粗重的、辛辣的、不悦意的、不可意的、夺命的——她是不能忍受之性者。诸比库,唯有满十二年的曾为在家者能忍受寒、热、饥、渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫类的接触、恶言、粗语的言辞。对于已生起的身体的诸受——苦的、剧烈的、粗重的、辛辣的、不悦意的、不可意的、夺命的——她是能忍受之性者。诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1091
nti.
nti.
§1092
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「彼」:任何……「比库尼」:在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma appattadvādasavassā. nāma purisantaragatā vuccati. ti upasampādeyya.
「未满十二年」:名为未达十二年。「曾为在家者」:名为称为已与男子交合者。「授具足」:应授具足。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将授具足」而寻求僧团、老师、钵、衣,或认可界,犯恶作。于白时,恶作。于二甘马语时,诸恶作。于甘马语结束时,依止尼犯巴吉帝亚。僧团与老师犯恶作。
§1093
Ūnadvādasavassāya ūnadvādasavassasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnadvādasavassāya vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnadvādasavassāya paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, anāpatti.
于未满十二年者有未满十二年想而授具足,犯巴吉帝亚。于未满十二年者有疑而授具足,犯恶作。于未满十二年者有圆满想而授具足,无犯。
Paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya ūnadvādasavassasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya paripuṇṇasaññā, anāpatti.
于圆满十二年者有未满十二年想,犯恶作。于圆满十二年者有疑,犯恶作。于圆满十二年者有圆满想,无犯。
§1094
Anāpatti ūnadvādasavassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:以为未满十二岁者令出家,以为满十二岁者令出家,对于疯狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第五学处结束
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第六学处
§1095
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,诸比库尼令满十二岁的曾为在家者,未于六法中学习二年而令出家。她们愚痴、不善巧,不知如法或不如法。诸少欲比库尼……她们非难、呵责、责备:「诸比库尼怎能令满十二岁的曾为在家者,未于六法中学习二年而令出家呢?」……诸比库,诸比库尼令满十二岁的曾为在家者,未于六法中学习二年而令出家,是真实吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎能令满十二岁的曾为在家者,未于六法中学习二年而令出家呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……呵责后,作如法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许对满十二岁的曾为在家者给予于六法中学习二年的许可。诸比库,应如此给予:那满十二岁的曾为在家者应前往僧团,偏袒上衣,礼敬诸比库尼足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说:『尊尼,我名某甲,某甲尊尼的满十二岁的曾为在家者,向僧团乞求于六法中学习二年的许可。』应第二次乞求,应第三次乞求。应由有能力的比库尼告知僧团——
§1096
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.
「尊尼,请僧团听我说。此某甲,某甲尊尼的满十二岁的曾为在家者,向僧团乞求于六法中学习二年的许可。若僧团适时,僧团应给予某甲满十二岁的曾为在家者于六法中学习二年的许可。此为表白。
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.
「尊尼,请僧团听我说。此某甲,某甲尊尼的满十二岁的曾为在家者,向僧团乞求于六法中学习二年的许可。僧团给予某甲满十二岁的曾为在家者于六法中学习二年的许可。对于给予某甲满十二岁的曾为在家者于六法中学习二年的许可,哪位尊尼认可,她应默然;哪位不认可,她应说。
‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团已给予某甲满十二岁的曾为在家者于六法中学习二年的许可。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持。」
Sā paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbā – ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi…pe… vikālabhojanā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti.
应对那满十二岁的曾为在家者如此说:「我受持离杀生二年不违越的学处……我受持离非时食二年不违越的学处。」
Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊以种种方式呵责那些比库尼后,难养……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1097
nti.
nti.
§1098
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
……凡是……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma pattadvādasavassā. nāma purisantaragatā vuccati. ti dve saṃvaccharāni. nāma sikkhā vā na dinnā hoti, dinnā vā sikkhā kupitā. ti upasampādeyya.
名为满十二岁。名为已与男子交合者。二年。名为学未被给予,或已给予学而破坏。应授达上。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使出离」而寻找僧团或阿吉利尼或钵或衣,或确定界,犯恶作。于白时恶作。于二甘马时恶作。甘马结束时,邬波驮耶犯巴吉帝亚。僧团和阿吉利尼犯恶作。
§1099
Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
如法甘马,如法甘马想,使出离,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,疑,使出离,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,非法甘马想,使出离,犯巴吉帝亚。
Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
非法甘马,如法甘马想,使出离,犯恶作。非法甘马,疑,使出离,犯恶作。非法甘马,非法甘马想,使出离,犯恶作。
§1100
Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:使满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者出离;对于疯狂者、最初犯者。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第六学处结束
7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ7. 第七学处
§1101
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘etha sikkhamānā, imaṃ jānātha, imaṃ detha, imaṃ āharatha, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karothā’’ti. Tā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, ayye, sikkhamānā, bhikkhuniyo maya’’nti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammattaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma bhikkhave bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā, saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo.
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼使满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者未经僧团同意而出离。诸比库尼如此说:「来吧,学法女,知此、给此、拿此、以此为义、作此为净」。她们如此说:「尊尼,我们不是学法女,我们是比库尼」。诸少欲比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼怎能使满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者未经僧团同意而出离呢」……诸比库,诸比库尼使满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者未经僧团同意而出离,是真实吗?「真实,世尊」。佛世尊呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎能使满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者未经僧团同意而出离呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……呵责后……作如法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许给予满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者出离同意。诸比库,应如此给予。彼满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者应前往僧团,偏袒一肩上衣,礼敬诸比库尼足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说:「尊尼,我名某甲,某甲尊尼之满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者,向僧团乞求出离同意」。应第二次乞求。应第三次乞求。应由能干、有能力的比库尼向僧团告白。
§1102
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.
「尊尼,请僧团听我说。此名某甲,某甲尊尼之满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者,向僧团乞求出离同意。若僧团适时,僧团应给予名某甲之满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者出离同意。此为白。
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.
「尊尼,请僧团听我说。此名某甲,某甲尊尼之满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者,向僧团乞求出离同意。僧团给予名某甲之满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者出离同意。若尊尼忍许给予名某甲之满十二岁已与男子交合者、二年、于六法中已学学者出离同意,则默然;若不忍许者,应说。
‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团已给予名为某某的满十二岁、已至在家、已于六法学习二年的学习者出离许可。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持守。」
Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
那时,世尊以种种方式呵责那些比库尼:「难养……」……「诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§1103
nti.
nti.
§1104
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「……凡是……」……「……」……「在此义中所指的比库尼。」
nāma pattadvādasavassā. nāma purisantaragatā vuccati. ti dve saṃvaccharāni. nāma chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. nāma ñattidutiyena kammena vuṭṭhānasammuti na dinnā hoti. ti upasampādeyya.
「名为」是指已满十二岁。「名为」是指已至男子之间者。「二年」是指两个年度。「名为」是指已于六法学习者。「名为」是指未以白二甘马给予出离许可。「应授达上」是指应授予达上。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使出离」而寻求僧团、老师、钵或衣,或确定界,犯恶作。于白时,恶作。于二次甘马语时,恶作。甘马语结束时,和尚犯巴吉帝亚。僧团与老师犯恶作。
§1105
Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
如法甘马作如法甘马想而使出离,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马有疑而使出离,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马作非法甘马想而使出离,犯巴吉帝亚。
Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
非法甘马作如法甘马想,犯恶作。非法甘马有疑,犯恶作。非法甘马作非法甘马想,犯恶作。
§1106
Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:使已满十二岁、已至在家、已于六法学习二年、已被僧团认可者出离;对疯狂者,对最初行为者。
Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第七学处结束
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ8. 第八学处
§1107
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhāti na anuggaṇhāpeti. Tā bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhissati na anuggaṇhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhāti na anuggaṇhāpetīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhissati na anuggaṇhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,图拉难陀比库尼使共住弟子受具足后,二年既不亲自教导也不使他人教导。她们愚痴、不善巧,不知如法或不如法。诸少欲比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、呵责:「为何具寿图拉难陀使共住弟子受具足后,二年既不教导也不使他人教导?」……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼使共住弟子受具足后,二年既不教导也不使他人教导,此事真实吗?「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,为何图拉难陀比库尼使共住弟子受具足后,二年既不教导也不使他人教导!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1108
nti.
nti.
§1109
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡任何……」……「比库尼」者,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma saddhivihārinī vuccati. ti upasampādetvā. ti dve saṃvaccharāni.
「共住弟子」者,称为共住弟子。「使受具足」者,使受达上。「二年」者,二个雨安居。
ti na sayaṃ anuggaṇheyya uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā.
「不教导」者,不亲自以诵习、询问、教诫、教导来教导。
ti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya ‘‘dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhissāmi na anuggaṇhāpessāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
「不使他人教导」者,不命令他人。「二年既不教导也不使他人教导」,舍弃责任时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1110
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:有障碍时,寻找后未得到时,生病时,灾难时,发狂者,最初犯戒者。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第八学处结束
9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ9. 第九学处
§1111
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo vuṭṭhāpitaṃ pavattiniṃ dve vassāni nānubandhanti. Tā bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo vuṭṭhāpitaṃ pavattiniṃ dve vassāni nānubandhissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vuṭṭhāpitaṃ pavattiniṃ dve vassāni nānubandhantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vuṭṭhāpitaṃ pavattiniṃ dve vassāni nānubandhissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼二年不随从已使受具足的依止弟子。她们愚痴、不善巧,不知如法或不如法。诸少欲比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、呵责:「为何诸比库尼二年不随从已使受具足的依止弟子?」……诸比库,诸比库尼二年不随从已使受具足的依止弟子,此事真实吗?「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,为何诸比库尼二年不随从已使受具足的依止弟子!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1112
nti.
nti.
§1113
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡任何……」……「比库尼」者,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nti upasampāditaṃ. nāma upajjhāyā vuccati. ti dve saṃvaccharāni. ti na sayaṃ upaṭṭhaheyya. Dve vassāni nānubandhissāmīti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
被授予达上。「名为」指戒师。「二年」指两年。「不亲自须跋」。当舍弃「我将不随从二年」的责任时,即犯巴吉帝亚。
§1114
Anāpatti upajjhāyā bālā vā hoti alajjinī vā, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:戒师愚痴或无惭,生病时,遇难时,发狂者,初犯者。
Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第九学处结束
10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ10. 第十学处
§1115
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāseti na vūpakāsāpeti. Sāmiko aggahesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāsessati na vūpakāsāpessati, sāmiko aggahesi ! Sacāyaṃ bhikkhunī pakkantā assa, na ca sāmiko gaṇheyyā’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāseti na vūpakāsāpeti , sāmiko aggahesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāsessati na vūpakāsāpessati, sāmiko aggahesi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,图喇难陀比库尼授予同住者达上后,既不亲自送行,也不令人送行。俗家主人抓住了她。诸少欲比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、责备:「为何图喇难陀具寿授予同住者达上后,既不亲自送行,也不令人送行,俗家主人抓住了她!若此比库尼已离去,俗家主人就不会抓住她。」……诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼授予同住者达上后,既不亲自送行,也不令人送行,俗家主人抓住了她,此事真实吗?「真实,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……诸比库,为何图喇难陀比库尼授予同住者达上后,既不亲自送行,也不令人送行,俗家主人抓住了她!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1116
nti.
nti.
§1117
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡任何……」……「比库尼」指……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma saddhivihārinī vuccati. ti upasampādetvā. ti na sayaṃ vūpakāseyya. ti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya. ‘‘Neva vūpakāsessāmi na vūpakāsāpessāmi antamaso chappañcayojanānipī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
「名为」指同住弟子。「授予达上后」。「不亲自送行」。「不令他人」指不命令他人。当舍弃「我既不送行,也不令人送行,乃至五六由旬」的责任时,即犯巴吉帝亚。
§1118
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:有障难时,寻找后未得到第二位比库尼,生病时,遇难时,发狂者,初犯者。
Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十学处结束
Gabbhinivaggo sattamo. · 怀孕品第七
8. Kumārībhūtavaggo
8. 童女品
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ1. 第一学处
§1119
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo ūnavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā akkhamā honti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ. Uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātikā honti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ūnavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Ūnavīsativassā, bhikkhave, kumāribhūtā akkhamā hoti sītassa uṇhassa…pe… pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātikā hoti. Vīsativassāva kho, bhikkhave, kumāribhūtā khamā hoti sītassa uṇhassa…pe… pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼授予未满二十岁的童女达上。她们不能忍受寒、热、饥、渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫类的接触、恶言、粗语的言辞。对于已生起的身体的诸受——苦的、剧烈的、尖锐的、辛辣的、不悦意的、不可意的、夺命的——她们属于不能忍受之类。诸少欲比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、责备:「为何诸比库尼授予未满二十岁的童女达上?」……诸比库,诸比库尼授予未满二十岁的童女达上,此事真实吗?「真实,世尊。」世尊佛陀呵责……诸比库,为何诸比库尼授予未满二十岁的童女达上!诸比库,未满二十岁的童女不能忍受寒、热……夺命的,属于不能忍受之类。诸比库,唯有二十岁的童女能忍受寒、热……夺命的,属于能忍受之类。诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1120
nti.
nti.
§1121
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」是指任何...(中略)...在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma appattavīsativassā. nāma sāmaṇerī vuccati. ti upasampādeyya.
「名为」未满二十岁。「名为」称为沙玛内拉。「应授达上」。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将授达上」而寻求僧团、老师、钵、衣,或认可界,犯恶作。白时恶作。二次甘马时恶作。甘马结束时,戒师犯巴吉帝亚。僧团与老师犯恶作。
§1122
Ūnavīsativassāya ūnavīsativassasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnavīsativassāya vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnavīsativassāya paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, anāpatti. Paripuṇṇavīsativassāya ūnavīsativassasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativassāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativassāya paripuṇṇasaññā, anāpatti.
对未满二十岁者有未满二十岁想而授达上,犯巴吉帝亚。对未满二十岁者有疑而授达上,犯恶作。对未满二十岁者有满足想而授达上,无犯。对满二十岁者有未满二十岁想,犯恶作。对满二十岁者有疑,犯恶作。对满二十岁者有满足想,无犯。
§1123
Anāpatti ūnavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:对未满二十岁者有满足想而授达上,对满二十岁者有满足想而授达上,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第一学处结束
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ2. 第二学处
§1124
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana bhikkhave dātabbā. Tāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye , itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya aṭṭhārasavassā kumāribhūtā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼对满二十岁的童女,未在六法中学习二年即授达上。她们愚痴、不熟练,不知如法或不如法。诸少欲比库尼...(中略)...抱怨、非难、呵责:「诸比库尼怎能对满二十岁的童女,未在六法中学习二年即授达上呢?」...(中略)...「诸比库,诸比库尼真的对满二十岁的童女,未在六法中学习二年即授达上吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责...(中略)...「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能对满二十岁的童女,未在六法中学习二年即授达上呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信...(中略)...」呵责后...(中略)...作如法语后告诸比库:「诸比库,我允许对十八岁的童女给予在六法中学习二年的认可。诸比库,应如此给予:那十八岁的童女应前往僧团,偏袒上衣,礼敬诸比库尼足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说:『尊尼,我名某甲,某甲尊尼的,十八岁童女,向僧团乞求在六法中学习二年的认可。』应第二次乞求。应第三次乞求。由有能力的比库尼向僧团告白——」
§1125
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya aṭṭhārasavassā kumāribhūtā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.
「尊尼,请僧团听我说。此某甲,某甲尊尼的,十八岁童女,向僧团乞求在六法中学习二年的认可。若僧团适时,僧团应给予某甲十八岁童女在六法中学习二年的认可。此为白。」
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya aṭṭhārasavassā kumāribhūtā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.
「尊尼,请僧团听我说。此某甲,某甲尊尼的,十八岁童女,向僧团乞求在六法中学习二年的认可。僧团给予某甲十八岁童女在六法中学习二年的认可。若诸尊尼认可给予某甲十八岁童女在六法中学习二年的认可者,请默然;若不认可者,请说。」
‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团给予名叫某某的十八岁童女在六法中修学二年的学法。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持守。」
Sā aṭṭhārasavassā kumāribhūtā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbā – ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi…pe… vikālabhojanā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti.
应对那位十八岁的童女如此说:「我受持离杀生二年不违越的学处……乃至……我受持离非时食二年不违越的学处。」
Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
那时,世尊以种种方式呵责那些比库尼难养……乃至……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§1126
nti.
nti.
§1127
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡是……乃至……」……乃至……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma pattavīsativassā. nāma sāmaṇerī vuccati. ti dve saṃvaccharāni. nāma sikkhā vā na dinnā hoti, dinnā vā sikkhā kupitā. ti upasampādeyya.
「名叫」是已满二十岁。「名叫」是指沙马内莉。「二年」是二年。「名叫」是学法未被给予,或已给予的学法被破坏。「授达上」。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使受达上」而寻求僧团或老师或钵或衣,或确定界,犯恶作。白时恶作。二甘马时恶作。甘马结束时,戒师犯巴吉帝亚。僧团和老师犯恶作。
§1128
Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
如法甘马作如法甘马想而使受达上,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马有疑而使受达上,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马作非法甘马想而使受达上,犯巴吉帝亚。
Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
非法甘马作如法甘马想,犯恶作。非法甘马有疑,犯恶作。非法甘马作非法甘马想,犯恶作。
§1129
Anāpatti paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无罪:使满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年后令其出离者、对于疯狂者、对于最初犯戒者。
Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第二学处结束
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ3. 第三学处
§1130
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘etha sikkhamānā, imaṃ jānātha, imaṃ detha, imaṃ āharatha, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karothā’’ti. Tā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, ayye, sikkhamānā; bhikkhuniyo maya’’nti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave , appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇavīsativassā kumāribhūtā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼使满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年后,未经僧团同意而令其出离。诸比库尼如此说:「来吧,学法女,你们应知此,给此,拿来此,此是所需,作此为净。」她们如此说:「尊尼,我们不是学法女,我们是比库尼。」那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、呵责、非难:「诸比库尼怎能使满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年后,未经僧团同意而令其出离呢?」……诸比库,诸比库尼使满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年后,未经僧团同意而令其出离,此事确实吗?「确实,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎能使满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年后,未经僧团同意而令其出离呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……呵责后……作如法之语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许对满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年者给予出离许可。诸比库,应如此给予。那满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年者,应前往僧团,偏袒上衣,礼敬诸比库尼之足,蹲踞而坐,合掌后,应如此说:『尊尼,我名某甲,是某甲尊尼的,满二十岁的童女,在六法中学习二年,我向僧团乞求出离许可。』应第二次乞求。应第三次乞求。应由能干的、有能力的比库尼向僧团告知——
§1131
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇavīsativassā kumāribhūtā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.
「尊尼,请僧团听我说。此名某甲者,是某甲尊尼的,满二十岁的童女,在六法中学习二年,向僧团乞求出离许可。若僧团适时,僧团应给予名某甲的满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年者出离许可。此为告知。
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇavīsativassā kumāribhūtā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.
「尊尼,请僧团听我说。此名某甲者,是某甲尊尼的,满二十岁的童女,在六法中学习二年,向僧团乞求出离许可。僧团给予名某甲的满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年者出离许可。若尊尼认可给予名某甲的满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年者出离许可,则默然;若不认可,则应说。
‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团已给予名某甲的满二十岁的童女在六法中学习二年者出离许可。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持。」
Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊以种种方式呵责那些比库尼,难养……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1132
nti.
nti.
§1133
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「……」那位……「……」在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma pattavīsativassā. nāma sāmaṇerī vuccati. ti dve saṃvaccharāni. nāma chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā . nāma ñattidutiyena kammena vuṭṭhānasammuti na dinnā hoti. ti upasampādeyya.
「满二十岁」名为已满二十岁。「童女」名为称为沙马内莉。「二年」名为二年。「在六法中学习」名为在六法中学习。「未给予出离许可」名为未以告知第二甘马给予出离许可。「令其受达上」名为令其受达上。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使出罪」而寻找僧团或老师尼或钵或衣,或同意界,犯恶作。于白时恶作。于二甘马语时恶作。甘马语完结时,对依止师犯巴吉帝亚。对僧团及老师尼犯恶作。
§1134
Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
如法甘马,如法甘马想而使出罪,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,疑而使出罪,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,非法甘马想而使出罪,犯巴吉帝亚。
Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
非法甘马,如法甘马想,犯恶作。非法甘马,疑,犯恶作。非法甘马,非法甘马想,犯恶作。
§1135
Anāpatti paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:使满二十岁、童女、于六法中已学二年、为僧团所同意者出罪;对疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第三学处结束
4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第四学处
§1136
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Saddhivihāriniyopi bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼使未满十二年者出罪。她们愚痴、不善巧,不知如法或不如法。同住弟子尼亦愚痴、不善巧,不知如法或不如法。诸少欲比库尼……她们非难、呵责、传播:「诸比库尼怎能使未满十二年者出罪呢?」……「诸比库,诸比库尼使未满十二年者出罪,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能使未满十二年者出罪呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1137
nti.
nti.
§1138
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡彼……此……于此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma appattadvādasavassā.
名为未满十二年。
ti upasampādeyya.
应授达上。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将授具足」而寻求众或老师或钵或衣,或同意界,犯恶作。白时恶作。二次甘马时恶作。甘马结束时,对依止师犯巴吉帝亚。对众和老师犯恶作。
§1139
Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:授具足满十二年者,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第四学处结束
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第五学处
§1140
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Saddhivihāriniyopi bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā paripuṇṇadvādasavassā bhikkhunī saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Sā bhikkhunī saṅghena paricchinditabbā – ‘‘byattāyaṃ bhikkhunī lajjinī’’ti. Sace bālā ca hoti alajjinī ca, na dātabbā. Sace bālā hoti lajjinī, na dātabbā. Sace byattā hoti alajjinī, na dātabbā. Sace byattā ca hoti lajjinī ca, dātabbā. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼满十二年而未经僧团同意授具足。她们愚痴、不聪明,不知如法或不如法。共住弟子尼也愚痴、不聪明,不知如法或不如法。诸少欲比库尼……呵责、非难、责备:「诸比库尼怎能满十二年而未经僧团同意授具足呢?」……「诸比库,诸比库尼满十二年而未经僧团同意授具足,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能满十二年而未经僧团同意授具足呢!诸比库,这不能令未信者生信……」呵责后……作法谈后,告诸比库:「诸比库,我允许给满十二年的比库尼授具足同意。诸比库,应如此给予。那满十二年的比库尼应前往僧团,偏袒上衣,礼敬诸长老比库尼足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说:『诸具寿,我某甲满十二年比库尼,向僧团乞求授具足同意。』应第二次乞求。应第三次乞求。那比库尼应被僧团审查:『这比库尼聪明、有惭愧。』若愚痴且无惭愧,不应给予。若愚痴而有惭愧,不应给予。若聪明而无惭愧,不应给予。若聪明且有惭愧,应给予。诸比库,应如此给予。应由聪明、能干的比库尼向僧团告白——
§1141
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā paripuṇṇadvādasavassā bhikkhunī saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.
「诸具寿,请僧团听我说。这位某甲满十二年比库尼向僧团乞求授具足同意。若僧团适时,僧团应给某甲满十二年比库尼授具足同意。这是白。
‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā paripuṇṇadvādasavassā bhikkhunī saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.
「诸具寿,请僧团听我说。这位某甲满十二年比库尼向僧团乞求授具足同意。僧团给某甲满十二年比库尼授具足同意。若诸具寿忍许给某甲满十二年比库尼授具足同意,请默然;若不忍许者,请说。
‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团已给某甲满十二年比库尼授具足同意。僧团忍许,故默然,我如此持。」
Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊以种种方式呵责那些比库尼难养……「诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1142
nti .
nti .
§1143
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「若……何等……」……「比库尼」:在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma pattadvādasavassā.
名为已满十二岁。
nāma ñattidutiyena kammena vuṭṭhāpanasammuti na dinnā hoti. ti upasampādeyya.
名为未被给予以白二甘马恢复的同意。应授达上。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将恢复」而寻求僧团或老师或钵或衣,或确定界,犯恶作。于白时,恶作。于二甘马语时,诸恶作。甘马语结束时,邬波驮耶犯巴吉帝亚。僧团与老师犯恶作。
§1144
Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
如法甘马,如法甘马想而恢复,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,疑而恢复,犯巴吉帝亚。如法甘马,非法甘马想而恢复,犯巴吉帝亚。
Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
非法甘马,如法甘马想,犯恶作。非法甘马,疑,犯恶作。非法甘马,非法甘马想,犯恶作。
§1145
Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena sammatā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:已满十二岁、被僧团认可而恢复,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第五学处结束
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第六学处
§1146
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ yācati. Atha kho bhikkhunisaṅgho caṇḍakāḷiṃ bhikkhuniṃ paricchinditvā – ‘‘alaṃ tāva te, ayye, vuṭṭhāpitenā’’ti, vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ na adāsi. Caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇi. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhunisaṅgho aññāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ deti. Caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘ahameva nūna bālā, ahameva nūna alajjinī; yaṃ saṅgho aññāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ deti, mayhameva na detī’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā caṇḍakāḷī – ‘alaṃ tāva te, ayye, vuṭṭhāpitenā’ti vuccamānā ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, ‘caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī alaṃ tāva te ayye vuṭṭhāpitenā’ti vuccamānā ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjatīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī – ‘‘alaṃ tāva te, ayye, vuṭṭhāpitenā’’ti vuccamānā ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,禅达咖离比库尼前往比库尼僧团请求恢复的同意。于是比库尼僧团审查禅达咖离比库尼后——「尊者,你暂且足够了,被恢复」,未给予恢复的同意。禅达咖离比库尼答应「善哉」。其时,比库尼僧团给予其他诸比库尼恢复的同意。禅达咖离比库尼不满、呵责、抱怨——「我确实是愚痴者,我确实是无惭者;僧团给予其他诸比库尼恢复的同意,唯独不给我」。诸少欲比库尼……不满、呵责、抱怨——「为何尊者禅达咖离被说『尊者,你暂且足够了,被恢复』而答应『善哉』后,后来陷入呵责法」……诸比库,禅达咖离比库尼被说『尊者,你暂且足够了,被恢复』而答应『善哉』后,后来陷入呵责法,是真实吗?「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,为何禅达咖离比库尼被说『尊者,你暂且足够了,被恢复』而答应『善哉』后,后来陷入呵责法!诸比库,此非令未信者信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1147
nti.
nti.
§1148
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡彼如是……乃至……此……乃至……于此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti alaṃ tāva te, ayye, upasampāditena. ‘Sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「够了,贤女,你的达上(已足够)。」答应「善哉」后,事后犯呵责法,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1149
Anāpatti pakatiyā chandā dosā mohā bhayā karontaṃ khiyyati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:本性上因欲、因嗔、因痴、因怖畏而做(此事)者被呵责,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第六学处结束
7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ7. 第七学处
§1150
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā sikkhamānā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ upasaṅkamitvā upasampadaṃ yāci. Thullanandā bhikkhunī taṃ sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace me tvaṃ, ayye, cīvaraṃ dassasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpeti na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā sikkhamānā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā sikkhamānaṃ – ‘sace me tvaṃ, ayye, cīvaraṃ dassasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpessati na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace me tvaṃ, ayye , cīvaraṃ dassasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpeti na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace me tvaṃ, ayye, cīvaraṃ dassasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpessati na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,某位学法女前往图喇难陀比库尼处,请求达上。图喇难陀比库尼对那位学法女说:「贤女,如果你给我衣,我就授你达上。」说后,既不授达上,也不为授达上而努力。于是那位学法女将此事告知诸比库尼。那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、呵责、非难:「为何图喇难陀尊尼对学法女说『贤女,如果你给我衣,我就授你达上』后,既不授达上,也不为授达上而努力呢?」……诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼对学法女说『贤女,如果你给我衣,我就授你达上』后,既不授达上,也不为授达上而努力,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,为何图喇难陀比库尼对学法女说『贤女,如果你给我衣,我就授你达上』后,既不授达上,也不为授达上而努力!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1151
nti.
nti.
§1152
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡是……」……「比库尼」者,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā.
「学法女」者,名为在六法上已学二年者。
ti evāhaṃ taṃ upasampādessāmi.
「我将授你达上」者,我将授你达上。
ti asati antarāye.
「不授达上」者,无障碍时。
ti na sayaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya.
「不努力」者,自己不授达上。
ti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya. ‘‘Neva vuṭṭhāpessāmi na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
不应命令其他人。在放下责任说「我既不会授达上,也不会为授达上而努力」的那一刻,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1153
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
若有障碍,寻找后未得,对病者,在灾难中,对疯狂者,对初犯者,无罪。
Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第七学处结束
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ8. 第八学处
§1154
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā sikkhamānā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ upasaṅkamitvā upasampadaṃ yāci. Thullanandā bhikkhunī taṃ sikkhamānaṃ ‘‘sace maṃ tvaṃ, ayye, dve vassāni anubandhissasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpeti na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā sikkhamānā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā sikkhamānaṃ – sace maṃ tvaṃ, ayye, dve vassāni anubandhissasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmīti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpessati na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace maṃ tvaṃ ayye dve vassāni anubandhissasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpeti na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace maṃ tvaṃ, ayye, dve vassāni anubandhissasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpessati na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,某位学法女前往图喇难陀比库尼处,请求达上。图喇难陀比库尼对那位学法女说:「尊者,如果你须跋我两年,我就授你达上」,但既不授达上,也不为授达上而努力。于是那位学法女将此事告知诸比库尼。那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、非难、责备:「为何图喇难陀尊者对学法女说『尊者,如果你须跋我两年,我就授你达上』后,既不授达上,也不为授达上而努力?」……诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼对学法女说『尊者,如果你须跋我两年,我就授你达上』后,既不授达上,也不为授达上而努力,是真实的吗?「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,为何图喇难陀比库尼对学法女说『尊者,如果你须跋我两年,我就授你达上』后,既不授达上,也不为授达上而努力!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1155
nti.
nti.
§1156
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡是……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā.
名为在六法中学习两年的已学者。
ti dve saṃvaccharāni upaṭṭhahissasi.
即你将须跋两年。
ti evāhaṃ taṃ upasampādessāmi.
即我将授你达上。
ti asati antarāye.
即若无障碍。
ti na sayaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya.
不应自己使之出罪。
ti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya. ‘‘Neva vuṭṭhāpessāmi na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.
不应命令他人。「我既不会使之出罪,也不会为使之出罪而努力」,于舍弃责任之时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1157
Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
若有障难,寻找后未得,病者,遇难时,发狂者,初犯者,无罪。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第八学处结束
9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ9. 第九学处
§1158
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī purisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ caṇḍiṃ sokāvāsaṃ caṇḍakāḷiṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā purisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ caṇḍiṃ sokāvāsaṃ caṇḍakāḷiṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī purisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ caṇḍiṃ sokāvāsaṃ caṇḍakāḷiṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpetīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī purisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ caṇḍiṃ sokāvāsaṃ caṇḍakāḷiṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,图拉难陀比库尼使一位与男子交往、与少年交往、粗暴、住于忧、性情凶恶的学法女出罪。诸少欲比库尼……呵责、非难、指责:「具寿图拉难陀怎能使与男子交往、与少年交往、粗暴、住于忧、性情凶恶的学法女出罪呢?」……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼确实使与男子交往、与少年交往、粗暴、住于忧、性情凶恶的学法女出罪吗?「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,图拉难陀比库尼怎能使与男子交往、与少年交往、粗暴、住于忧、性情凶恶的学法女出罪呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1159
nti.
nti.
§1160
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡任何……比库尼……此于此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma pattavīsativasso. nāma appattavīsativasso. nāma ananulomikena kāyikavācasikena saṃsaṭṭhā. nāma kodhanā vuccati.
名为已满二十岁。名为未满二十岁。名为以不如法的身行、语行交往。名为被称为易怒者。
nāma paresaṃ dukkhaṃ uppādeti, sokaṃ āvisati. nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. ti upasampādeyya.
名为使他人生起痛苦,显现忧愁。名为已于六法学习二年的学法女。应使之出罪。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa; gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使之出罪」而寻找僧团、老师、钵、衣,或确定界,犯恶作。于白时,恶作。于二甘马时,恶作。甘马结束时,依止师犯巴吉帝亚;僧团与老师犯恶作。
§1161
Anāpatti ajānantī vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:不知而令受具足,对于发狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第九学处结束
10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ10. 第十学处
§1162
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī mātāpitūhipi sāmikenapi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti. Mātāpitaropi sāmikopi ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā amhehi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo mātāpitūnampi sāmikassapi ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā mātāpitūhipi sāmikenapi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī, mātāpitūhipi sāmikenapi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpetīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī mātāpitūhipi sāmikenapi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊、佛陀住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,图喇难陀比库尼令未经父母及主人允许的学法女受具足。父母及主人不满、呵责、非难——「尊者图喇难陀怎能令未经我们允许的学法女受具足呢?」诸比库尼听闻父母及主人不满、呵责、非难。诸少欲比库尼……不满、呵责、非难——「尊者图喇难陀怎能令未经父母及主人允许的学法女受具足呢?」……「诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼令未经父母及主人允许的学法女受具足,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责……「诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼怎能令未经父母及主人允许的学法女受具足呢!诸比库,这不能令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1163
nti.
nti.
§1164
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡任何……」……「比库尼」者,在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma janakā vuccanti. nāma yena pariggahitā hoti. ti anāpucchā. nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. ti upasampādeyya.
「父母」者,称为生者。「主人」者,被谁所摄受者。「未允许」者,未询问。「学法女」者,于六法中已学二年者。「令受具足」者,应令受具足。
Vuṭṭhāpessāmīti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将令受具足」而寻求僧团、老师、钵、衣,或同意界,犯恶作。于白时,恶作。于二甘马时,诸恶作。甘马完结时,对于依止师,犯巴吉帝亚。对于僧团及老师,犯恶作。
§1165
Anāpatti ajānantī vuṭṭhāpeti, apaloketvā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:不知而令受具足,未询问而令受具足,对于发狂者,对于最初犯戒者。
Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十学处结束
11. Ekādasamasikkhāpadaṃ11. 第十一学处
§1166
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti there bhikkhū sannipātetvā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ passitvā – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, ayyā, sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti there bhikkhū uyyojetvā devadattaṃ kokālikaṃ kaṭamodakatissakaṃ khaṇḍadeviyā puttaṃ samuddadattaṃ sannipātetvā sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā pārivāsikachandadānena sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī pārivāsikachandadānena sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpetīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī pārivāsikachandadānena sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,世尊、佛陀住在王舍城竹林咖喇陀咖鸟园。其时,图喇难陀比库尼——「我将令学法女受具足」而召集长老比库们,见到许多副食、主食后——「尊者们,我暂时不令学法女受具足」而遣散长老比库们,召集迭瓦达德、果咖利咖、咖答摩达咖帝思咖、康达提威亚之子、沙穆达达答,令学法女受具足。诸少欲比库尼……不满、呵责、非难——「尊者图喇难陀怎能以别住者的同意令学法女受具足呢?」……「诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼以别住者的同意令学法女受具足,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」世尊、佛陀呵责……「诸比库,图喇难陀比库尼怎能以别住者的同意令学法女受具足呢!诸比库,这不能令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1167
nti.
nti.
§1168
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡任何……」……「比库尼」者,在此义中所指的比库尼。
ti vuṭṭhitāya parisāya. nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. ti upasampādeyya.
对于已出离的众人。名为在六法中已学习二年的学习者。应授予达上。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa . Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使出离」而寻求众、老师尼、钵或衣,或确定界,犯恶作。白时恶作。二甘马词时恶作。甘马词结束时,戒师犯巴吉帝亚。众与老师尼犯恶作。
§1169
Anāpatti avuṭṭhitāya parisāya vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:对未出离的众人使出离,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
Ekādasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十一学处结束
12. Dvādasamasikkhāpadaṃ12. 第十二学处
§1170
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti, upassayo na sammati. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti, upassayo na sammatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼每年使出离,住所不够。人们非难、呵责、诽谤:「诸比库尼怎能每年使出离,住所不够呢?」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、诽谤。那些少欲的比库尼……非难、呵责、诽谤:「诸比库尼怎能每年使出离呢?」……「诸比库,诸比库尼确实每年使出离吗?」「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能每年使出离呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1171
nti.
nti.
§1172
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡任何……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nti anusaṃvaccharaṃ. ti upasampādeyya.
每年。应授予达上。
‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将使出离」而寻求众、老师尼、钵或衣,或确定界,犯恶作。白时恶作。二甘马词时恶作。甘马词结束时,戒师犯巴吉帝亚。众与老师尼犯恶作。
§1173
Anāpatti ekantarikaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:隔一年使出离,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
Dvādasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十二学处结束
13. Terasamasikkhāpadaṃ13. 第十三学处
§1174
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpenti. Upassayo tatheva na sammati. Manussā tatheva ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpessanti! Upassayo tatheva na sammatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼一雨安居住两次。住所仍然不被认可。人们讥嫌、非难、责备——「诸比库尼怎么一雨安居住两次!住所仍然不被认可!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们讥嫌、非难、责备。那些少欲的比库尼……她们讥嫌、非难、责备——「诸比库尼怎么一雨安居住两次!」……「诸比库,诸比库尼一雨安居住两次,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎么一雨安居住两次!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§1175
nti.
nti.
§1176
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡是如此的……比库尼:在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nti ekaṃ saṃvaccharaṃ. ti dve upasampādeyya.
一:一年。两次:应使受达上两次。
‘‘Dve vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
「我将住两次」而寻求僧团或老师或钵或衣,或认可界,犯恶作。白时恶作。二甘马时恶作。甘马结束时,戒师犯巴吉帝亚。僧团和老师犯恶作。
§1177
Anāpatti ekantarikaṃ ekaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:间隔一次住一次,对疯狂者,对最初犯戒者。
Terasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十三学处结束
Kumārībhūtavaggo aṭṭhamo. · 童女品第八
9. Chattupāhanavaggo
9. 伞鞋品
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ1. 第一学处
§1178
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhāressanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhārentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhāressanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,六群比库尼持伞鞋。人们讥嫌、非难、责备——「诸比库尼怎么持伞鞋,如同在家女享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们讥嫌、非难、责备。那些少欲的比库尼……她们讥嫌、非难、责备——「六群比库尼怎么持伞鞋!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼持伞鞋,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎么持伞鞋!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
nti.
nti.
Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.
如此,这学处由世尊为诸比库尼所制定。
§1179
Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī gilānā hoti. Tassā vinā chattupāhanaṃ na phāsu hoti…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānāya bhikkhuniyā chattupāhanaṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,某位比库尼生病了。她若无伞与鞋则不舒适……他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许生病的比库尼(用)伞与鞋。诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处──
§1180
nti.
nti.
§1181
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「凡是」:任何……「比库尼」:……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma yassā vinā chattupāhanaṃ phāsu hoti.
「非病者」名为:她若无伞与鞋则舒适。
nāma yassā vinā chattupāhanaṃ na phāsu hoti.
「病者」名为:她若无伞与鞋则不舒适。
nāma tīṇi chattāni – setacchattaṃ, kilañjacchattaṃ, paṇṇacchattaṃ maṇḍalabaddhaṃ salākabaddhaṃ. ti sakimpi dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「伞与鞋」名为:三种伞──白伞、黑伞、圆形绑制的叶伞、条状绑制的(伞)。即使持一次,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1182
Agilānā agilānasaññā chattupāhanaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilānā vematikā chattupāhanaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilānā gilānasaññā chattupāhanaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
非病者,非病者想,持伞与鞋,犯巴吉帝亚。非病者,疑,持伞与鞋,犯巴吉帝亚。非病者,病者想,持伞与鞋,犯巴吉帝亚。
Chattaṃ dhāreti na upāhanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upāhanaṃ dhāreti na chattaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Gilānā agilānasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilānā vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilānā gilānasaññā, anāpatti.
持伞不(持)鞋,犯恶作。持鞋不(持)伞,犯恶作。病者,非病者想,犯恶作。病者,疑,犯恶作。病者,病者想,不犯。
§1183
Anāpatti gilānāya, ārāme ārāmūpacāre dhāreti, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯:病者、在寺院(或)寺院附近持、在危难时、疯狂者、最初犯戒者。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第一学处结束
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ2. 第二学处
§1184
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe. … tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,六群比库尼乘车而行。人们非难、呵责、传播:「比库尼怎可乘车而行,如同在家女享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲的比库尼……非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库尼怎可乘车而行!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼乘车而行,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎可乘车而行!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
nti.
nti.
Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.
如此,此学处由世尊为诸比库尼制定。
§1185
Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī gilānā hoti, na sakkoti padasā gantuṃ…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānāya bhikkhuniyā yānaṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
其时,某位比库尼有病,不能步行……向世尊报告此事……「诸比库,我允许有病的比库尼乘车。诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§1186
nti.
nti.
§1187
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「……」:凡是……「……比库尼」:在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma sakkoti padasā gantuṃ.
「……」名为能步行。
nāma na sakkoti padasā gantuṃ.
「……」名为不能步行。
nāma vayhaṃ ratho sakaṭaṃ sandamānikā sivikā pāṭaṅkī.
「……」名为牛车、马车、手推车、轿子、担架。
ti sakimpi yānena yāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「……」:即使一次乘车而行,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1188
Agilānā agilānasaññā yānena yāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilānā vematikā yānena yāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa . Agilānā gilānasaññā yānena yāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
无病者有无病想,以车乘而行,犯巴吉帝亚。无病者有疑,以车乘而行,犯巴吉帝亚。无病者有病想,以车乘而行,犯巴吉帝亚。
Gilānā agilānasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilānā vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilānā gilānasaññā, anāpatti.
有病者有无病想,犯恶作。有病者有疑,犯恶作。有病者有病想,不犯。
§1189
Anāpatti gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
有病者、在危难时、疯狂者、最初犯戒者,不犯。
Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第二学处结束
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ3. 第三学处
§1190
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī aññatarissā itthiyā kulūpikā hoti. Atha kho sā itthī taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘handāyye, imaṃ saṅghāṇiṃ amukāya nāma itthiyā dehī’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī – ‘‘sacāhaṃ pattena ādāya gacchāmi vissaro me bhavissatī’’ti paṭimuñcitvā agamāsi. Tassā rathikāya suttake chinne vippakiriyiṃsu. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo saṅghāṇiṃ dhāressanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe. … tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī saṅghāṇiṃ dhāressatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī saṅghāṇiṃ dhāretī’’ti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī saṅghāṇiṃ dhāressati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,某位比库尼是某位妇女的家族侍女。时,彼妇女对彼比库尼如是说——「来吧,尊者,将此桑喀帝给予名叫某某的妇女。」时,彼比库尼「若我以钵拿取而行,我将会忘记」,脱下而行。彼女在街道上,线断而散落。诸人非难、呵责、传播——「诸比库尼为何持桑喀帝,犹如在家女享受诸欲者!」诸比库尼听闻彼等人非难、呵责、传播。彼等少欲比库尼……非难、呵责、传播——「比库尼为何持桑喀帝?」……「诸比库,比库尼持桑喀帝,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,比库尼为何持桑喀帝!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如是诵此学处——」
§1191
nti.
nti.
§1192
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「……」彼女……「……」……在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma yā kāci kaṭūpagā.
「名为」任何腰带。
ti sakimpi dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「持」即使一次持,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1193
Anāpatti ābādhappaccayā, kaṭisuttakaṃ dhāreti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
因病缘、持腰带线、疯狂者、最初犯戒者,不犯。
Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第三学处结束
4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ4. 第四学处
§1194
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhāressanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhāressantī’’ti …pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhārentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhāressanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,六群比库尼佩戴女人的装饰品。人们非难、批评、传播:「比库尼怎么可以佩戴女人的装饰品,如同在家女人享受诸欲者一样!」诸比库尼听到那些人们非难、批评、传播。那些少欲的比库尼……非难、批评、传播:「六群比库尼怎么可以佩戴女人的装饰品!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼佩戴女人的装饰品,是真的吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎么可以佩戴女人的装饰品!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§1195
nti.
nti.
§1196
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「任何」……「比库尼」者:……这是在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma sīsūpago gīvūpago hatthūpago pādūpago kaṭūpago. ti sakimpi dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「装饰品」者:头上的装饰、颈上的装饰、手上的装饰、足上的装饰、腰上的装饰。「佩戴」者:即使一次佩戴,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1197
Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:因病之因缘,发狂者,最初的犯行者。
Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第四学处结束
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ5. 第五学处
§1198
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,六群比库尼用香料和颜料沐浴。人们非难、批评、传播:「比库尼怎么可以用香料和颜料沐浴,如同在家女人享受诸欲者一样!」诸比库尼听到那些人们非难、批评、传播。那些少欲的比库尼……非难、批评、传播:「六群比库尼怎么可以用香料和颜料沐浴!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼用香料和颜料沐浴,是真的吗?」「是真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎么可以用香料和颜料沐浴!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应当如此诵此学处——
§1199
nti.
nti.
§1200
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「任何」……「比库尼」者:……这是在此义中所指的比库尼。
nāma yo koci gandho. nāma yaṃ kiñci vaṇṇakaṃ. ti nahāyati. Payoge dukkaṭaṃ, nahānapariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.
「香料」者:任何香料。「颜料」者:任何颜料。「沐浴」者:沐浴。在努力时,犯恶作;在沐浴完成时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1201
Anāpatti ābādhappaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:因病之因缘,发狂者,最初的犯行者。
Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第五学处结束
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ6. 第六学处
§1202
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,六群比库尼以香粉洗浴。人们非难、呵责、传播:「比库尼怎可以香粉洗浴,如同在家女欲乐享受者!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲比库尼……非难、呵责、传播:「六群比库尼怎可以香粉洗浴!」……「诸比库,六群比库尼以香粉洗浴,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,六群比库尼怎可以香粉洗浴!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§1203
nti.
nti.
§1204
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「任何……」……「比库尼」者,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
nāma yaṃ kiñci gandhavāsitakaṃ. nāma tilapiṭṭhaṃ vuccati. ti nahāyati. Payoge dukkaṭaṃ, nahānapariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.
「香」者,名为任何香料熏制之物。「粉」者,名为胡麻粉。「洗浴」者,洗浴。努力时,犯恶作;洗浴完毕时,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1205
Anāpatti ābādhappaccayā, pakatipiññākena nahāyati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:因病之因缘,以普通粉洗浴,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第六学处结束
7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ7. 第七学处
§1206
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipi. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipi seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。其时,诸比库尼令比库尼按摩、遍按摩。人们巡行住处时见到后非难、呵责、传播:「比库尼怎可令比库尼按摩、遍按摩,如同在家女欲乐享受者!」诸比库尼听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播。那些少欲比库尼……非难、呵责、传播:「比库尼怎可令比库尼按摩、遍按摩!」……「诸比库,比库尼令比库尼按摩、遍按摩,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,比库尼怎可令比库尼按摩、遍按摩!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§1207
nti.
nti.
§1208
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「任何……」……「比库尼」者,在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti aññāya bhikkhuniyā. ti ummaddāpeti , āpatti pācittiyassa. ti sambāhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「比库尼」者,另一位比库尼。「令按摩」者,令按摩,犯巴吉帝亚。「令遍按摩」者,令揉捏,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1209
Anāpatti gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:病者,诸难中,疯狂者,最初犯戒者。
Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第七学处结束
8-9-10. Aṭṭhama-navama-dasamasikkhāpadaṃ8-9-10. 第八第九第十学处
§1210
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo sikkhamānāya ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipi…pe… sāmaṇeriyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipi…pe… gihiniyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipi. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gihiniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipi, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gihiniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipīti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gihiniyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gihiniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,诸比库尼令学法女按摩、令揉捏……令沙马内莉按摩、令揉捏……令在家女按摩、令揉捏。诸人在精舍中游行时见到后,不满、呵责、非难——「诸比库尼怎能令在家女按摩、令揉捏,如同在家女享受欲乐者!」诸比库尼听闻彼等人不满、呵责、非难。彼等少欲比库尼……不满、呵责、非难——「诸比库尼怎能令在家女按摩、令揉捏!」……「诸比库,诸比库尼令在家女按摩、令揉捏,是真实吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,诸比库尼怎能令在家女按摩、令揉捏!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§1211
nti.
nti.
§1212
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「彼」者,凡是……「比库尼」者,此义中所指的是……
nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā.
「学法女」者,名为于六法中修学二年者。
nāma dasasikkhāpadikā.
「沙马内莉」者,名为受持十学处者。
nāma agārinī vuccati.
「在家女」者,名为称为在家者。
ti ummaddāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「令按摩」者,令按摩,犯巴吉帝亚。
ti sambāhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「令揉捏」者,令揉捏,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1213
Anāpatti gilānāya , āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:病者、于难中、发狂者、最初犯戒者。
Aṭṭhama navama dasamasikkhāpadāni niṭṭhitāni. · 第八第九第十学处完
11. Ekādasamasikkhāpadaṃ11. 第十一学处
§1214
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼未请问比库即在比库面前坐于座位。诸比库不满、呵责、非难——「诸比库尼怎可未请问比库即在比库面前坐于座位呢?」……诸比库,诸比库尼未请问比库即在比库面前坐于座位,此事确实吗?「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎可未请问比库即在比库面前坐于座位呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1215
nti.
nti.
§1216
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡如是……比库尼……此即此义中所指之比库尼。
ti upasampannassa purato. ti anapaloketvā. ti antamaso chamāyapi nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
比库面前者,已受具足者面前。未请问者,未请示。座位者,乃至坐于地上,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1217
Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā āsane nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā āsane nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa . Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā āsane nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
未请问而有未请问想坐于座位,犯巴吉帝亚。未请问而疑坐于座位,犯巴吉帝亚。未请问而有请问想坐于座位,犯巴吉帝亚。
Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.
已请问而有未请问想,犯恶作。已请问而疑,犯恶作。已请问而有请问想,不犯。
§1218
Anāpatti āpucchā āsane nisīdati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
不犯者:请问而坐于座位,有病者,遇难时,发狂者,最初犯戒者。
Ekādasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十一学处结束
12. Dvādasamasikkhāpadaṃ12. 第十二学处
§1219
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ pucchanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ pucchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ pucchantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ pucchissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。其时,诸比库尼未作请示即向比库问问题。诸比库不满、呵责、非难——「诸比库尼怎可未作请示即向比库问问题呢?」……诸比库,诸比库尼未作请示即向比库问问题,此事确实吗?「确实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……诸比库,诸比库尼怎可未作请示即向比库问问题呢!诸比库,此非令未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——
§1220
nti.
nti.
§1221
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
凡如是……比库尼……此即此义中所指之比库尼。
nti anāpucchā. nti upasampannaṃ. ti suttante okāsaṃ kārāpetvā vinayaṃ vā abhidhammaṃ vā pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vinaye okāsaṃ kārāpetvā suttantaṃ vā abhidhammaṃ vā pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Abhidhamme okāsaṃ kārāpetvā suttantaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
「未请问」是指未受具足者。在经藏中请求机会后,若询问律藏或论藏,犯巴吉帝亚。在律藏中请求机会后,若询问经藏或论藏,犯巴吉帝亚。在论藏中请求机会后,若询问经藏或律藏,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1222
Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā pañhaṃ pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā pañhaṃ pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā pañhaṃ pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa.
对未请问者,有未请问想而询问问题,犯巴吉帝亚。对未请问者,有疑而询问问题,犯巴吉帝亚。对未请问者,有已请问想而询问问题,犯巴吉帝亚。
Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.
对已请问者,有未请问想,犯恶作。对已请问者,有疑,犯恶作。对已请问者,有已请问想,无犯。
§1223
Anāpatti okāsaṃ kārāpetvā pucchati, anodissa okāsaṃ kārāpetvā yattha katthaci pucchati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:请求机会后询问;不指定地请求机会后在任何地方询问;对疯狂者;对最初犯戒者。
Dvādasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十二学处结束
13. Terasamasikkhāpadaṃ13. 第十三学处
§1224
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tassā rathikāya vātamaṇḍalikā saṅghāṭiyo ukkhipiṃsu. Manussā ukkuṭṭhiṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘sundarā ayyāya thanudarā’’ti. Sā bhikkhunī tehi manussehi uppaṇḍiyamānā maṅku ahosi. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī upassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā gāmaṃ pavisissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā gāmaṃ pāvisīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā gāmaṃ pavisissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –
尔时,佛世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林阿那他宾地咖园。其时,某位比库尼不谨慎地入村乞食。在街道上,旋风吹起她的桑喀帝。人们喧哗:「尊者身材美好苗条!」那位比库尼被那些人戏弄而感到羞愧。于是那位比库尼前往住处,将此事告知诸比库尼。那些少欲的比库尼……她们抱怨、呵责、非难:「比库尼怎能不谨慎地入村呢?」……「诸比库,比库尼确实不谨慎地入村吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……「诸比库,比库尼怎能不谨慎地入村呢!诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……诸比库,诸比库尼应如此诵此学处——」
§1225
nti.
nti.
§1226
ti yā yādisā…pe… ti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.
「比库尼」是指任何……在此义中所指的是比库尼。
ti vinā saṅkaccikaṃ.
「不谨慎」是指没有遮蔽。
nāma adhakkhakaṃ ubbhanābhi, tassa paṭicchādanatthāya.
是指从膝盖以下到脐部,为了遮蔽它。
ti parikkhittassa gāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyā āpatti pācittiyassa.
越过有围墙的村庄的围墙者,犯巴吉帝亚。进入无围墙的村庄的近处者,犯巴吉帝亚。
§1227
Anāpatti acchinnacīvarikāya, naṭṭhacīvarikāya, gilānāya, assatiyā, ajānantiyā, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.
无犯:衣失坏者、衣遗失者、生病者、不记得者、不知道者、诸难中、发狂者、最初犯戒者。
Terasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 第十三学处结束
Chattupāhanavaggo navamo. · 伞与鞋品第九
Uddiṭṭhā kho, ayyāyo, chasaṭṭhisatā pācittiyā dhammā. Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Dutiyampi pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Tatiyampi pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmīti.
诸具寿尼,已诵一百六十六巴吉帝亚法。于此我问诸具寿尼——「于此是否清净?」再问——「于此是否清净?」三问——「于此是否清净?」诸具寿尼于此清净,因此沉默,我如是持。
Khuddakaṃ samattaṃ. · 小事完
Bhikkhunivibhaṅge pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 比库尼分别巴吉帝亚篇完